5-ht2c receptor agonists and compositions and methods of use

ABSTRACT

Provided in some embodiments are compounds of Formula A, as defined herein, that modulate the activity of 5-HT2C receptor. Also provided in some embodiments are methods, such as, for weight management, inducing satiety, and decreasing food intake, and for preventing and treating obesity, antipsychotic-induced weight gain, type 2 diabetes, Prader-Willi syndrome, tobacco/nicotine dependence, drug addiction, alcohol addiction, pathological gambling, reward deficiency syndrome, and sex addiction), obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders and impulse control disorders (including nail-biting and onychophagia), sleep disorders (including insomnia, fragmented sleep architecture, and disturbances of slow-wave sleep), urinary incontinence, psychiatric disorders (including schizophrenia, anorexia nervosa, and bulimia nervosa), Alzheimer disease, sexual dysfunction, erectile dysfunction, epilepsy, movement disorders (including parkinsonism and antipsychotic-induced movement disorder), hypertension, dyslipidemia, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, obesity-related renal disease, and sleep apnea.

Obesity is a lite-threatening disorder in which there is an increasedrisk of morbidity and mortality arising from concomitant diseases suchas type II diabetes, hypertension, stroke, cancer, and gallbladderdisease.

Obesity is now a major healthcare issue in the Western World andincreasingly in some third world countries. The increase in numbers ofobese people is due largely to the increasing preference for high fatcontent foods but also the decrease in activity in most people's lives.Currently about 30% of the population of the USA is now consideredobese.

Whether someone is classified as overweight or obese is generallydetermined on the basis of their body mass index (BMI) which iscalculated by dividing body weight (kg) by height squared (m²). Thus,the units of BMI are kg/m² and it is possible to calculate the BMI rangeassociated with minimum mortality in each decade of life. Overweight isdefined as a BMI in the range 25-30 kg/m², and obesity as a BMI greaterthan 30 kg/m² (see table below).

Classification Of Weight By Body Mass Index (BMI) BMI CLASSIFICATION<18.5 Underweight 18.5-24.9 Normal 25.0-29.9 Overweight 30.0-34.9Obesity (Class I) 35.0-39.9 Obesity (Class II) ≥40  Extreme Obesity(Class III)

As the BMI increases there is an increased risk of death from a varietyof causes that are independent of other risk factors. The most commondiseases associated with obesity are cardiovascular disease(particularly hypertension), diabetes (obesity aggravates thedevelopment of diabetes), gall bladder disease (particularly cancer) anddiseases of reproduction. The strength of the link between obesity andspecific conditions varies. One of the strongest is the link with type 2diabetes. Excess body fat underlies 64% of cases of diabetes in men and77% of cases in women (Seidell, Semin Vasc Med 5:3-14 (2005)). Researchhas shown that even a modest reduction in body weight can correspond toa significant reduction in the risk of developing coronary heartdisease.

There are problems however with the BMI definition in that it does nottake into account the proportion of body mass that is muscle in relationto fat (adipose tissue). To account for this, obesity can also bedefined on the basis of body fat content: greater than 25% in males andgreater than 30% in females.

Obesity considerably increases the risk of developing cardiovasculardiseases as well. Coronary insufficiency, atheromatous disease, andcardiac insufficiency are at the forefront of the cardiovascularcomplications induced by obesity. It is estimated that if the entirepopulation had an ideal weight, the risk of coronary insufficiency woulddecrease by 25% and the risk of cardiac insufficiency and of cerebralvascular accidents would decrease by 35%. The incidence of coronarydiseases is doubled in subjects less than 50 years of age who are 30%overweight. The diabetes patient faces a 30% reduced lifespan. After age45, people with diabetes are about three times more likely than peoplewithout diabetes to have significant heart disease and up to five timesmore likely to have a stroke. These findings emphasize theinter-relations between risks factors for diabetes and coronary heartdisease and the potential value of an integrated approach to theprevention of these conditions based on the prevention of obesity(Perry, I. J., et al., BMJ 310, 560-564 (1995)).

Diabetes has also been implicated in the development of kidney disease,eye diseases and nervous system problems. Kidney disease, also callednephropathy, occurs when the kidney's “filter mechanism” is damaged andprotein leaks into urine in excessive amounts and eventually the kidneyfails. Diabetes is also a leading cause of damage to the retina at theback of the eye and increases risk of cataracts and glaucoma. Finally,diabetes is associated with nerve damage, especially in the legs andfeet, which interferes with the ability to sense pain and contributes toserious infections. Taken together, diabetes complications are one ofthe nation's leading causes of death.

The first line of treatment is to offer diet and life style advice topatients such as reducing the fat content of their diet and increasingtheir physical activity. However, many patients find this difficult andneed additional help from drug therapy to maintain results from theseefforts.

Most currently marketed products have been unsuccessful as treatmentsfor obesity because of a lack of efficacy or unacceptable side-effectprofiles. The most successful drug so far was the indirectly acting5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) agonist d-fenfluramine (Redux™) but reportsof cardiac valve defects in up to one third of patients led to itswithdrawal by the FDA in 1998.

In addition, two drugs have been launched in the USA and Europe:orlistat (Xenical™), a drug that prevents absorption of fat by theinhibition of pancreatic lipase, and sibutramine (Reductil™), a5-HT/noradrenaline re-uptake inhibitor. However, side effects associatedwith these products may limit their long-term utility. Treatment withXenical is reported to induce gastrointestinal distress in somepatients, while sibutramine has been associated with raised bloodpressure in some patients.

Serotonin (5-HT) neurotransmission plays an important role in numerousphysiological processes both in physical and in psychiatric disorders.5-HT has been implicated in the regulation of feeding behavior. 5-HT isbelieved to work by inducing a feeling of satiety, such that a subjectwith enhanced 5-HT stops eating earlier and fewer calories are consumed.It has been shown that a stimulatory action of 5-HT on the 5-HT_(2C)receptor plays an important role in the control of eating and in theanti-obesity effect of d-fenfluramine. As the 5-HT_(2C) receptor isexpressed in high density in the brain (notably in the limbicstructures, extrapyramidal pathways, thalamus and hypothalamus i.e.paraventricular hypothalamic nucleus and dorsomedial hypothalamicnucleus, and predominantly in the choroid plexus) and is expressed inlow density or is absent in peripheral tissues, the compounds providedherein can be a more effective and safe anti-obesity agent. Also,5-HT_(2C) knockout mice are overweight with cognitive impairment andsusceptibility to seizure.

It is believed that the 5-HT_(2C) receptor may play a role in obsessivecompulsive disorder, some forms of depression, and epilepsy.Accordingly, agonists can have anti-panic properties, and propertiesuseful for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.

In sum, the 5-HT_(2C) receptor is a receptor target for the treatment ofobesity and psychiatric disorders, and it can be seen that there is aneed for 5-HT_(2C) agonists which safely decrease food intake and bodyweight.

The 5-HT_(2C) receptor is one of 14 distinct serotonin receptorsubtypes. Two receptors that are closely related to the 5-HT_(2C)receptor are the 5-HT_(2A) and 5-HT_(2B) receptors, which shareconsiderable sequence homology. It is believed that activation ofcentral 5-HT_(2A) receptors is a cause for a number of adverse centralnervous system effects of nonselective serotonergic drugs includingchanges in perception and hallucination. Activation of 5-HT_(2B)receptors located in the cardiovascular system is hypothesized to resultin the heart valve disease and pulmonary hypertension associated withthe use of fenfluramine and a number of other drugs that act viaserotonergic mechanisms.

Lorcaserin (disclosed in PCT patent publication WO2003/086303) is anagonist of the 5-HT_(2C) receptor and shows effectiveness at reducingobesity in animal models and humans. In December 2009, ArenaPharmaceuticals submitted a New Drug Application, or NDA, for lorcaserinto the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The NDA submission isbased on an extensive data package from lorcascrin's clinicaldevelopment program that includes 18 clinical trials totaling 8.576patients. The pivotal phase 3 clinical trial program evaluated nearly7,200 patients treated for up to two years, and showed that lorcaserinconsistently produced significant weight loss with excellenttolerability. About two-thirds of patients achieved at least 5% weightloss and over one-third achieved at least 10% weight loss. On average,patients lost 17 to 18 pounds or about 8% of their weight. Secondaryendpoints, including body composition, lipids, cardiovascular riskfactors and glycemic parameters improved compared to placebo. Inaddition, heart rate and blood pressure went down. Lorcaserin did notincrease the risk of cardiac valvulopathy. Lorcaserin improved qualityof life, and there was no signal for depression or suicidal ideation.The only adverse event that exceeded the placebo rate by 5% wasgenerally mild or moderate, transient headache. Based on a normal BMI of25, patients in the first phase 3 trial lost about one-third of theirexcess body weight. The average weight loss was 35 pounds or 16% of bodyweight for the top quartile of patients in the second phase 3 trial.

As a part of the phase 3 clinical trial program, lorcaserin wasevaluated in a randomized, placebo-controlled, multi-site, double-blindtrial of 604 adults with poorly controlled type 2 diabetes mellitustreated with oral hyperglycemic agents (“BLOOM-DM”). Analysis of theoverall study results showed significant weight loss with lorcaserin,measured as proportion of patients achieving ≥5% or ≥10% weight loss at1 year, or as mean weight change (Diabetes 60. Suppl 1, 2011).Lorcaserin significantly improved glycemic control in the overallpatient population. Accordingly, in addition to being useful for weightmanagement, lorcaserin is also useful for the treatment of type 2diabetes.

On Jun. 27, 2012 the FDA provisionally approved lorcaserin (BELVIQ®),contingent upon a final scheduling decision by the Drug EnforcementAdministration (DEA), as an adjunct to a reduced-calorie diet andincreased physical activity for chronic weight management in adultpatients with an initial body mass index (BMI) of 30 kg/m² or greater(obese), or 27 kg/m² or greater (overweight) in the presence of at leastone weight related comorbid condition (e.g., hypertension, dyslipidemia,type 2 diabetes). On Dec. 19, 2012 the DEA recommended that lorcaserinshould be classified as a schedule 4 drug, having a low risk for abuse.The Office of the Federal Register filed for public inspection DEA'sfinal rule placing BELVIQ into schedule 4 of the Controlled SubstancesAct. The scheduling designation was effective and BELVIQ was launched inthe United States on Jun. 7, 2013, 30 days after publication of theDEA's final rule in the Federal Register.

Tobacco use is the leading cause of preventable illness and early deathacross the globe. According to the World Health Organization Fact Sheet(July 2013), 50% of all tobacco users die from a tobacco-relatedillness—this amounts to approximately six million people each year. Itis estimated that greater than five million deaths per year result fromdirect tobacco use, with the remaining deaths resulting from exposure tosecond-hand smoke (World Health Organization website. Fact Sheet No 339:Tobacco. www.who.int/mediacentre/factsheets/fs339/en/index.hml. UpdatedJuly 2013. Accessed Sep. 10, 2013). According to the Centers for DiseaseControl and Prevention (CDC), approximately 43.8 million adults in theUnited States (U.S.) are cigarette smokers. In the U.S., tobacco use isresponsible for one in five deaths each year (World Health Organizationwebsite. Fact Sheet No 339: Tobacco.www.who.int/mediacentre/factsheets/fs339/en/index.html. Updated July2013. Accessed Sep. 10, 2013). Tobacco use is directly related tocardiovascular disease, lung and other cancers, and chronic lowerrespiratory diseases (chronic bronchitis, emphysema, asthma, and otherchronic lower respiratory diseases) (Health Effects of CigaretteSmoking. Centers for Disease Prevention website.www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/fact_sheets/health_effects/effects_cig_smoking/AccessedSep. 10, 2013). These have held position as the top three leading causesof death in the U.S. since 2008, when chronic lower respiratory diseasereplaced cerebrovascular disease, which is also directly associated withtobacco use (Molgaard C A, Bartok A, Peddecord K M, Rothrock J. Theassociation between cerebrovascular disease and smoking: a case-controlstudy. Neuroepidemiology. 1986; 5(2):88-94).

A study which surveyed the smoking behavior of 2138 US smokers over 8years beginning in 2002 found that approximately one-third of subjectsreported making a quit attempt over the previous year, approximately 85%of the original cohort made at least one quit attempt over the surveyperiod, and the average quit rate was 3.8% for the retained cohort.Therefore the vast majority of smokers make quit attempts, but continuedabstinence remains difficult to achieve (Cummings K M, Cornelius M E,Carpenter M J, et al. Abstract: How Many Smokers Have Tried to Quit?Society for Research on Nicotine and Tobacco. Poster Session 2. March2013. POS265).

Existing smoking cessation treatments include CHANTIX (varenicline) andZYBAN (bupropion SR). However, the prescribing information for bothCHANTIX and ZYBAN include black box warnings. The CHANTIX prescribinginformation carries a warning for serious neuropsychiatric events, toinclude symptoms of agitation, hostility, depressed mood changes,behavior or thinking that are not typical for the patient, and suicidalideation or suicidal behavior (CHANTIX (varenicline) (package insert),New York, N.Y.: Pfizer Labs, Division of Pfizer, Inc.: 2012). Inaddition, the warning notes that a meta-analysis found cardiovascularevents were infrequent, but some were reported more frequently inindividuals treated with CHANTIX; the difference was not statisticallysignificant (CHANTIX (varenicline) (package insert), New York, N.Y.:Pfizer Labs. Division of Pfizer, Inc.; 2012). The ZYBAN prescribinginformation includes a similar black box warning for seriousneuropsychiatric events during treatment as well as afterdiscontinuation of treatment (ZYBAN (bupropion hydrochloride) (packageinsert), Research Triangle Park. N.C.: GlaxoSmithKline; 2012).Additional warnings include monitoring of individuals usingantidepressants as there is an increased risk of suicidal thinking andbehavior in children, adolescents and young adults, and otherpsychiatric disorders (ZYBAN (bupropion hydrochloride) (package insert),Research Triangle Park. N.C.: GlaxoSmithKline; 2012).

Further, weight gain is a well-recognized side effect of quittingsmoking. Smoking cessation leads to weight gain in about 80% of smokers.The average weight gain in the first year after quitting is 4-5 kg, mostof which is gained during the first 3 months. This amount of weight istypically viewed as a modest inconvenience compared with the healthbenefits of smoking cessation, but 10-20% of quitters gain more than 10kg. Furthermore, a third of all subjects stated that they were unable tolose the excess weight after resuming smoking, lending support to thehypothesis that multiple quit attempts lead to cumulative weight gain(Veldhrer S, Yingst J, Foulds G, Hrabovsky S, Berg A, Sciamanna C,Foulds J. Once bitten, twice shy: concern about gaining weight aftersmoking cessation and its association with seeking treatment. Int J ClinPract. (2014) 68:388-395).

Given these statistics, it is perhaps not surprising that 50% of femalesmokers and 25% of male smokers cite fear of post-cessation weight gain(PCWG) as a major barrier to quitting, and approximately the sameproportion cite weight gain as a cause of relapse in a previous quitattempt (Meyers A W, Klesges R C, Winders S E, Ward K D, Peterson B A,Eck L H. Are weight concerns predictive of smoking cessation? Aprospective analysis. J Consult Clin Psychol. (1997) 65: 448-452; ClarkM M, Decker P A, Offord K P, Panen C A, Vickers K S, Croghan I T, Hays JT, Hurt R D, Dale L C, Weight concerns among male smokers. Addict Behav.(2004) 29:1637-1641; Clark M M. Hurt R D, Croghan I T, Patten C A,Novomy P, Sloan J A, Dakhil S R, Croghan G A, Wos E J, Rowland K M,Bernath A, Morton R F, Thomas S P, Tschetter L K, Garneau S, Stella P J,Ebbert L P, Wender D B, Loprinzi C L. The prevalence of weight cocernsin a smoking abstinence clinical trial. Addict Behav. (2006)31:1144-1152; Pomerleau C S, Kurth C L Willingness of female smokers totolerate postcessation weight gain. J Subst Abuse. (1996) 8:371-378;Pomerleau C S, Zucker A N, Stewart A J, Characterizing concerns aboutpost cessation weight gain: results from a national survey of womensmokers. Nicotine Tob Res. (2001) 3:51-60). Women, in particular, armreluctant to gain weight while quitting; about 40% state they wouldresume smoking if they gained any weight at all (Veldheer S, Yingst J,Foulds G, Hrabovsky S, Berg A, Sciananna C, Foulds J. Once bitten, twiceshy: concern about gaining weight after smoking cessation and itsassociation with seeking treatment. Int J Clin Pract. (2014) 68:388-395;Pomerleau C S, Kurth CL. Willingness of female smokers to toleratepostcessation weight gain. J Subst Abuse (1996) 8:371-378; Pomerleau CS, Zucker A N, Stewart A J. Characterizing concerns about post-cessationweight gain: results from a national survey of women smokers. NicotineTob Res. (2001) 3:51-60; Tønnesen P, Paoletti P, Gustavsson G, Russell MA, Saracci R, Gulsvik A, Rijcken B, Sawe U. Higher dosage nicotinepatches increase one-year smoking cessation rates: results from theEuropean CEASE trial. Collaborative European Anti-Smoking Evaluation.European Respiratory Society. Eur Respir J. (1999) 13:238-246).

Light and moderate smokers are generally considered to be more motivatedto quit than heavy smokers, leaving an increasingly high proportion of‘hard-core’ smokers who are less likely to stop smoking (Hughes J R. Thehardening hypothesis: is the ability to quit decreasing due toincreasing nicotine dependence? A review and commentary. Drug AlcoholDepend. (2011) 117:111-117). One of the factors commonly associated withweight-gain concern (WGC) is high nicotine dependence; thus, theprospect of quitting may be even more difficult for smokers who are bothhighly nicotine-dependent and weight concerned. In addition, somewhatparadoxically, heavy smokers tend to have higher body weights and ahigher likelihood of obesity than lighter smokers, suggesting a morecomplex relationship between body weight and smoking (Chiolero A,Jacot-Sadowski I, Faeh D, Paccaud F, Cornuz J. Association of cigarettessmoked daily with obesity in a general adult population. Obesity (SilverSpring) (2007) 15:1311-1318; John U, Hanke M, Rumpf H J, Thyrian J R.Smoking status, cigarettes per day, and their relationship to overweightand obesity among former and current smokers in a national adult generalpopulation sample. Int J Obes (Lond). (2005) 29:1289-1294). Severalstudies have found that overweight and obese smokers exhibit higherlevels of smoking-related weight-gain concern than normal weight smokers(Aubin H-J, Berlin I, Smadja E, West R. Factors associated with higherbody mass index, weight concern, and weight gain in a multinationalcohort study of smokers intending to quit. Int. J. Environ. Res. PublicHealth. (2009). 6:943-957: Lei ine MD. Bush T. Magnusson B, Cheng. Y,Chen X. Smoking-related weight concerns and obesity: differences amongnormal weight, overweight, and obese smokers using a telephone tobaccoquitline. Nicotine Tob Res. (2013) 15:1136-1140). Given the convergenceof high nicotine dependence and high weight-gain concern in obesesmokers, smoking cessation interventions that address post-cessationweight gain could be especially beneficial for this subpopulation.

Despite the existence of several therapies for smoking cessation,long-term success rates are low and major barriers to quitting remain.There is a significant unmet need for safe and effective therapies thataddress these barriers. There also remains a need for alternativecompounds for the treatment of diseases and disorders related to the5-HT_(2C) receptor. The compounds described herein are 5-HT_(2C)receptor agonists that satisfy this need and provide related advantagesas well. The present disclosure satisfies this need and provides relatedadvantages as well.

SUMMARY

Provided in some embodiments are compounds of Formula A, as definedherein. Also provided in some embodiments are methods for weightmanagement, inducing satiety, and decreasing food intake, and forpreventing and treating obesity, antipsychotic-induced weight gain, type2 diabetes, Prader-Willi syndrome, tobacco/nicotine dependence, drugaddiction, alcohol addiction, pathological gambling, reward deficiencysyndrome, and sex addiction), obsessive-compulsive spectrum disordersand impulse control disorders (including nail-biting and onychophagia),sleep disorders (including insomnia, fragmented sleep architecture, anddisturbances of slow-wave sleep), urinary incontinence, psychiatricdisorders (including schizophrenia, anorexia nervosa, and bulimianervosa), Alzheimer disease, sexual dysfunction, erectile dysfunction,epilepsy, movement disorders (including parkinsonism andantipsychotic-induced movement disorder), hypertension, dyslipidemia,nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, obesity-related renal disease, andsleep apnea. Also provided in some embodiments are compositionscomprising a compound herein, optionally in combination with asupplemental agent, and methods for reducing the frequency of smokingtobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smokingtobacco; aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobaccoproduct in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobaccoproduct; aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weightgain; controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco; treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use comprisingadministering a compound herein, optionally in combination with asupplemental agent.

In one embodiment provided herein are compounds selected from compoundsof Formula A and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore halogens, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore halogens, and C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;

R² and R³ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R² and R³ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

X is O or C(R⁴R⁵);

Y is O or C(R⁶R⁷);

wherein if X is O, Y is (CR⁶R⁷);

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R⁴ and R⁵ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

or R² and R⁵ are each H and R³ and R⁴ taken together with the carbonsconnecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring;

R⁶ and R⁷ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

and

R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or halogen.

In one embodiment provided herein are compounds selected from compoundsof Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore halogens, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore halogens, and C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;

R² and R³ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R² and R³ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

or R² and R⁵ are each H and R³ and R⁴ taken together with the carbonsconnecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring;

R⁶ and R⁷ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

and

R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or halogen.

Also provided are compositions comprising a compound provided herein anda pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also provided are processes for preparing compositions, comprisingadmixing a compound provided herein and a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier.

Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compoundprovided herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also provided are processes for preparing pharmaceutical compositions,comprising admixing a compound provided herein a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier.

Also provided are methods for decreasing food intake in an individual inneed thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for inducing satiety in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of obesity in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the prevention of obesity in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for weight management in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for decreasing food intake.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for inducing satiety.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of obesity.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the prevention of obesity.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for weight management.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for treatment of thehuman or animal body by therapy.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for decreasing foodintake.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for inducing satiety.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofobesity.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the prevention ofobesity.

Also provided are compounds for use in weight management.

Provided is a method for reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in anindividual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco comprisingthe step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual aneffective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for aiding in the cessation or lessening ofuse of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessenuse of a tobacco product comprising the step of: prescribing and/oradministering to the individual an effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided is a method for aiding in smoking cessation and preventingassociated weight gain in an individual attempting to cease smoking andprevent weight gain comprising the step of: prescribing and/oradministering to the individual an effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided is a method for controlling weight gain associated withsmoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobaccocomprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to theindividual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of treatment for nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treatnicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal comprising the step of:prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amountof a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of reducing the likelihood of relapse use ofnicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use comprisingthe step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual aneffective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for reducing weight gain associated withsmoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobaccocomprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to theindividual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco,aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product,aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain,controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use,comprising:

selecting an individual with an initial BMI≥27 kg/m² and

prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amountof a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco,aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product,aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain,controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use,comprising:

administering a compound provided herein;

monitoring the individual for BMI during said administration; and

discontinuing said administration if the BMI of the individual becomes<18.5 kg/m² during said administration.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco,aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product,aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain,controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use,comprising:

administering a compound selected from compound provided herein to anindividual with an initial BMI≤25 kg/m²;

monitoring the individual for body weight during said administration;and

discontinuing said administration if the body weight of the individualdecreases by more than about 1% during said administration.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco,aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product,aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain,controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use,comprising:

administering a compound provided herein to an individual;

monitoring the individual for body weight during said administration;and

discontinuing said administration if the body weight of the individualdecreases by more than about 1 kg during said administration.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound provided herein andat least one supplemental agent.

Also provided is a compound provided herein for use in combination witha supplemental agent.

Also provided is a supplemental agent chosen from nicotine replacementtherapies, for use in combination with a compound provided herein.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 shows a plot of cumulative food intake (g) over time (hourspost-administration) for vehicle and for the 2^(nd) eluting enantiomerin example 1.1 dosed in Sprague Dawley rats (white bar: vehicle; graybars: 2 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg of the 2^(nd) eluting enantiomer inexample 1.1.

FIG. 2 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula I, wherein R¹ is, for example F or H, and R¹⁰ is,for example, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens,such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

FIG. 3 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula I, wherein R¹ is, for example H, and R¹⁰ is, forexample, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, suchas, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

FIG. 4 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula I, wherein R¹ is, for example methyl or ethyl, andR¹⁰ is, for example, benzyl optionally substituted with one or morehalogens, such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

FIG. 5 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula I, wherein R¹ is, for example H, and R¹⁰ is, forexample, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, suchas, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

FIGS. 6A and 6B show an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula I, wherein: R¹ is, for example H; R¹¹ is, forexample, C₁-C₆ alkyl, such as methyl; and R¹⁰ is, for example, benzyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, such as,3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

FIG. 7 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula I, wherein R¹ is, for example H, and R¹⁰ is, forexample, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, suchas, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

FIG. 8 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula I, wherein R¹⁰ is, for example, benzyl optionallysubstituted with one or more halogens, such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

FIGS. 9A and 9B show examples of synthetic schemes for preparing thecompounds of formula I.

FIG. 10 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula A wherein X is O, and R¹⁰ is, for example, benzyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, such as,3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

FIG. 11 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing thecompounds of formula A wherein Y is O.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

As used in the present specification, the following words and phrasesare generally intended to have the meanings as set forth below, exceptto the extent that the context in which they are used indicatesotherwise.

As used herein, the term “agonist” refers to a moiety that interactswith and activates a receptor, such as the 5-HT_(2C) serotonin receptor,and initiates a physiological or pharmacological response characteristicof that receptor.

The term “composition” refers to a compound, including but not limitedto, salts, solvates, and hydrates of a compound provided herein, incombination with at least one additional component.

The phrase “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a compositioncomprising at least one active ingredient, such as a compound asdescribed herein; including but not limited to, salts, solvates, andhydrates of compounds provided herein, whereby the composition isamenable to investigation for a specified, efficacious outcome in amammal (for example, without limitation, a human). Those of ordinaryskill in the art will understand and appreciate the techniquesappropriate for determining whether an active ingredient has a desiredefficacious outcome based upon the needs of the artisan.

The term “individual” refers to a human. An individual can be an adultor prepubertal (a child) and can be of any gender. The individual can bea patient or other individual seeking treatment. The methods disclosedherein can also apply to non-human mammals such as livestock or pets.

As used herein, a “plurality of individuals” means more than oneindividual.

As used herein, “administering” means to provide a compound or othertherapy, remedy or treatment. For example, a health care practitionercan directly provide a compound to an individual in the form of asample, or can indirectly provide a compound to an individual byproviding an oral or written prescription for the compound. Also, forexample, an individual can obtain a compound by themselves without theinvolvement of a health care practitioner. Administration of thecompound may or may not involve the individual actually internalizingthe compound. In the case where an individual internalizes the compound,the body is transformed by the compound in some way.

As used herein, “prescribing” means to order, authorize or recommend theuse of a drug or other therapy, remedy or treatment. In someembodiments, a health care practitioner can orally advise, recommend orauthorize the use of a compound, dosage regimen or other treatment to anindividual. In this case the health care practitioner may or may notprovide a prescription for the compound, dosage regimen or treatment.Further, the health care practitioner may or may not provide therecommended compound or treatment. For example, the health carepractitioner can advise the individual where to obtain the compoundwithout providing the compound. In some embodiments, a health carepractitioner can provide a prescription for the compound, dosage regimenor treatment to the individual. For example, a health care practitionercan give a written or oral prescription to an individual. A prescriptioncan be written on paper or on electronic media such as a computer file,for example, on a hand-held computer device. For example, a health carepractitioner can transform a piece of paper or electronic media with aprescription for a compound, dosage regimen or treatment. In addition, aprescription can be called in (oral) or faxed in (written) to a pharmacyor a dispensary. In some embodiments, a sample of the compound ortreatment can be given to the individual. As used herein, giving asample of a compound constitutes an implicit prescription for thecompound. Different health care systems around the world use differentmethods for prescribing and administering compounds or treatments andthese methods are encompassed by the disclosure.

A prescription can include, for example, an individual's name and/oridentifying information such as date of birth. In addition, for example,a prescription can include, the medication name, medication strength,dose, frequency of administration, route of administration, number oramount to be dispensed, number of refills, physician name, and/orphysician signature. Further, for example, a prescription can include aDEA number or state number.

A healthcare practitioner can include, for example, a physician, nurse,nurse practitioner, physician assistant, clinician, or other relatedhealthcare professional who can prescribe or administer compounds(drugs) for weight management, decreasing food intake, inducing satiety,and treating or preventing obesity. In addition, a healthcarepractitioner can include anyone who can recommend, prescribe, administeror prevent an individual from receiving a compound or drug including,for example, an insurance provider.

The term “prevent,” “preventing,” or “prevention”, such as prevention ofobesity, refers to the prevention of the occurrence or onset of one ormore symptoms associated with a particular disorder and does notnecessarily mean the complete prevention of a disorder. For example,weight gain may be prevented even if the individual gains some amount ofweight. For example, the terms “prevent,” “preventing,” and “prevention”refer to the administration of therapy on a prophylactic or preventativebasis to an individual who may ultimately manifest at least one symptomof a disease or condition but who has not yet done so. Such individualscan be identified on the basis of risk factors that are known tocorrelate with the subsequent occurrence of the disease. Alternatively,prevention therapy can be administered without prior identification of arisk factor, as a prophylactic measure. Delaying the onset of the atleast one symptom can also be considered prevention or prophylaxis.

For example, the term “prevent,” “preventing” or “prevention” may referto prevention of weight gain associated with smoking cessation.

It is understood that when the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptablesalts, solvates, and hydrates” or the phrase “pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate” is used when referring tocompounds described herein, it embraces pharmaceutically acceptablesolvates and/or hydrates of the compounds, pharmaceutically acceptablesails of the compounds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable solvatesand/or hydrates of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds.It is also understood that when the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptablesolvates and hydrates” or the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptablesolvate and hydrate” is used when referring to compounds describedherein that are salts, it embraces pharmaceutically acceptable solvatesand/or hydrates of such salts. It is also understood by a person ofordinary skill in the art that hydrates are a subgenus of solvates.

The term “prodrug” refers to an agent which must undergo chemical orenzymatic transformation to the active or parent drug afteradministration, so that the metabolic product or parent drug cansubsequently exhibit the desired pharmacological response.

The term “treat,” “treating,” or “treatment” includes the administrationof therapy to an individual who already manifests at least one symptomof a disease or condition or who has previously manifested at least onesymptom of a disease or condition. For example, “treating” can includealleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition symptoms,preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing theunderlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease orcondition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition,relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease orcondition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, orstopping the symptoms of the disease or condition eitherprophylactically and/or therapeutically. For example, the term“treating” in reference to a disorder can mean a reduction in severityof one or more symptoms associated with a particular disorder.Therefore, treating a disorder does not necessarily mean a reduction inseverity of all symptoms associated with a disorder and does notnecessarily mean a complete reduction in the severity of one or moresymptoms associated with a disorder. For example, a method for treatmentof obesity can result in weight loss; however, the weight loss does notneed to be enough such that the individual is no longer obese. It hasbeen shown that even modest decreases in weight or related parameterssuch as BMI, waist circumference and percent body fat, can result inimprovement of health, for example, lower blood pressure, improved bloodlipid profiles, or a reduction in sleep apnea. As another example, amethod for treatment of an addiction can result in a reduction in thenumber, frequency, or severity of cravings, seeking behaviors, orrelapses, or it can result in abstention.

In some embodiments, the term “treat,” “treating” or “treatment” refersto the administration of therapy to an individual who already manifests,or who has previously manifested, at least one symptom of a disease,disorder, condition, dependence, or behavior, such as at least onesymptom of a disease or condition. For example, “treating” can includeany of the following with respect to a disease, disorder, condition,dependence, or behavior: alleviating, abating, ameliorating inhibiting(e.g., arresting the development), relieving, or causing regression.“Treating” can also include treating the symptoms, preventing additionalsymptoms, preventing the underlying physiological causes of thesymptoms, or stopping the symptoms (either prophylactically and/ortherapeutically) of a disease, disorder, condition, dependence, orbehavior, such as the symptoms of a disease or condition.

The phrase “weight management” refers to controlling body weight and inthe context of the present disclosure is directed toward weight loss andthe maintenance of weight loss (also called weight maintenance herein).In addition to controlling body weight, weight management includescontrolling parameters related to body weight, for example, BMI, percentbody fat and waist circumference. For example, weight management for anindividual who is overweight or obese can mean losing weight with thegoal of keeping weight in a healthier range. Also, for example, weightmanagement for an individual who is overweight or obese can includelosing body fat or circumference around the waist with or without theloss of body weight. Maintenance of weight loss (weight maintenance)includes preventing, reducing or controlling weight gain after weightloss. It is well known that weight gain often occurs after weight loss.Weight loss can occur, for example, from dieting, exercising, illness,drug treatment, surgery or any combination of these methods, but oftenan individual that has lost weight will regain some or all of the lostweight. Therefore, weight maintenance in an individual who has lostweight can include preventing weight gain after weight loss, reducingthe amount of weight gained after weight loss, controlling weight gainafter weight loss or slowing the rate of weight gain after weight loss.As used herein, “weight management in an individual in need thereof”refers to a judgment made by a healthcare practitioner that anindividual requires or will benefit from weight management treatment.This judgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in therealm of a healthcare practitioner's expertise, but that includes theknowledge that the individual has a condition that is treatable by themethods disclosed herein.

“Weight management” also includes preventing weight gain, controllingweight gain, reducing weight gain, maintaining weight, or inducingweight loss. Weight management also refers to controlling weight (alsocalled weight control) and/or controlling parameters related to weight,for example, BMI, percent body fat and/or waist circumference. Inaddition, weight management also includes preventing an increase in BMI,reducing an increase in BMI, maintaining BMI, or reducing BMI;preventing an increase in percent body fat, reducing an increase inpercent body fat, maintaining percent body fat, or reducing percent bodyfat; and preventing an increase in waist circumference, reducing anincrease in waist circumference, maintaining waist circumference, orreducing waist circumference

The phrase “decreasing food intake in an individual in need thereof”refers to a judgment made by a healthcare practitioner that anindividual requires or will benefit from decreasing food intake. Thisjudgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm ofa healthcare practitioner's expertise, but that includes the knowledgethat the individual has a condition, for example, obesity, that istreatable by the methods disclosed herein. In some embodiments, anindividual in need of decreasing food intake is an individual who isoverweight. In some embodiments, an individual in need of decreasingfood intake is an individual who is obese.

The term “satiety” refers to the quality or state of being fed orgratified to or beyond capacity. Satiety is a feeling that an individualhas and so it is often determined by asking the individual, orally or inwriting, if they feel full, sated, or satisfied at timed intervalsduring a meal. For example, an individual who feels sated may reportfeeling full, feeling a decreased or absent hunger, feeling a decreasedor absent desire to cat, or feeling a lack of drive to cat. Whilefullness is a physical sensation, satiety is a mental feeling. Anindividual who feels full, sated or satisfied is more likely to stopeating and therefore inducing satiety can result in a decrease in foodintake in an individual. As used herein, “inducing satiety in anindividual in need thereof” refers to a judgment made by a healthcarepractitioner that an individual requires or will benefit from inducingsatiety. This judgment is made based on a variety of factors that are inthe realm of a healthcare practitioner's expertise, but that includesthe knowledge that the individual has a condition, for example, obesity,that is treatable by the methods of the disclosure.

The phrase “treatment of obesity in an individual in need thereof”refers to a judgment made by a healthcare practitioner that anindividual requires or will benefit from treatment of obesity. Thisjudgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm ofa healthcare practitioner's expertise, but that includes the knowledgethat the individual has a condition that is treatable by the methods ofthe disclosure. To determine whether an individual is obese one candetermine a body weight, a body mass index (BMI), a waist circumferenceor a body fat percentage of the individual to determine if theindividual meets a body weight threshold, a BMI threshold, a waistcircumference threshold or a body fat percentage threshold.

The phrase “prevention of obesity in an individual in need thereof”refers to a judgment made by a healthcare practitioner that anindividual requires or will benefit from prevention of obesity. Thisjudgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm ofa healthcare practitioner's expertise, but that includes the knowledgethat the individual has a condition that is treatable by the methodsdisclosed herein. In some embodiments, an individual in need ofprevention of obesity is an individual who is overweight (also calledpre-obese). In some embodiments, an individual in need of prevention ofobesity is an individual who has a family history of obesity. Todetermine whether an individual is overweight one can determine a bodyweight, a body mass index (BMI), a waist circumference or a body fatpercentage of the individual to determine if the individual meets a bodyweight threshold, a BMI threshold, a waist circumference threshold or abody fat percentage threshold.

As used herein, an “adverse event” or “toxic event” is any untowardmedical occurrence that may present itself during treatment. Adverseevents associated with treatment may include, for example, headache,nausea, blurred vision, paresthesias, constipation, fatigue, dry mouth,dizziness, abnormal dreams, insomnia, nasopharyngitis, toothache,sinusitis, back pain, somnolence, viral gastroenteritis, seasonalallergy, or pain in an extremity. Additional possible adverse effectsinclude, for example, gastrointestinal disorders (such as constipation,abdominal distension, and diarrhea), asthenia, chest pain, fatigue, drughypersensitivity, fibromyalgia, temporomandibular joint syndrome,headache, dizziness, migraine, anxiety, depressed mood, irritability,suicidal ideation, bipolar disorder, depression, drug abuse, anddyspnea. In the methods disclosed herein, the term “adverse event” canbe replaced by other more general terms such as “toxicity”. The term“reducing the risk” of an adverse event means reducing the probabilitythat an adverse event or toxic event could occur.

As used herein, the term “agonist” refers to a moiety that interactswith and activates a receptor, such as the 5-HT_(2C) serotonin receptor,and initiates a physiological or pharmacological response characteristicof that receptor.

The phrase “immediate-release dosage form” refers to a formulation whichrapidly disintegrates upon oral administration to a human or otheranimal releasing an active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) from theformulation. In some embodiments, the T80% of the immediate-releasedosage form is less than 3 hours. In some embodiments, the T80% of theimmediate-release dosage form is less than 1 hour. In some embodiments,the T80% of the immediate-release dosage form is less than 30 minutes.In some embodiments, the T80% of the immediate-release dosage form isless than 10 minutes.

The term “T80%” refers to the time needed to achieve 80% cumulativerelease of an API from a particular formulation comprising the API.

The phrase “modified-release dosage form” refers to any formulationthat, upon oral administration to a human or other animal, releases anAPI after a given time (i.e., delayed release) or for a prolonged periodof time (extended release), e.g., at a slower rate over an extendedperiod of time when compared to an immediate-release dosage-form of theAPI (e.g., sustained release).

As used herein, “nicotine replacement therapy” (commonly abbreviated toNRT) refers to the remedial administration of nicotine to the body bymeans other than a tobacco product. By way of example, nicotinereplacement therapy may include transdermal nicotine delivery systems,including patches and other systems that are described in the art, forexample, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,597,961, 5,004,610, 4,946,853, and4,920,989. Inhaled nicotine (e.g., delivery of the nicotine throughpulmonary mutes) is also known. Transmucosal administration (e.g.,delivery of nicotine to the systemic circulation through oral drugdosage forms) is also known. Oral drug dosage forms (e.g., lozenge,capsule, gum, tablet, suppository, ointment, gel, pessary, membrane, andpowder) are typically held in contact with the mucosal membrane anddisintegrate and/or dissolve rapidly to allow immediate systemicabsorption. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that aplurality of different treatments and means of administration can beused to treat a single individual. For example, an individual can besimultaneously treated with nicotine by transdermal administration andnicotine which is administered to the mucosa. In some embodiments, thenicotine replacement therapy is chosen from nicotine gum (e.g.,NICORETTE), nicotine transdermal systems such as nicotine patches (e.g.,HABITROL and NICODERM), nicotine lozenges (e.g., COMMIT), nicotinemicrotabs (e.g., NICORETTE Microtabs), nicotine sprays or inhalers(e.g., NICOTROL), and other nicotine replacement therapies known in theart. In some embodiments, nicotine replacement therapy includeselectronic cigarettes, personal vaporizers, and electronic nicotinedelivery systems.

As used herein, “combination” as used in reference to drug combinationsand/or combinations of a selective 5-HT_(2C) agonist with at least onesupplemental agent refers to (1) a product comprised of two or morecomponents, i.e., drug/device, biologic/device, drug/biologic, ordrug/device/biologic, that are physically, chemically, or otherwisecombined or mixed and produced as a single entity; (2) two or moreseparate products packaged together in a single package or as a unit andcomprised of drug and device products, device and biological products,or biological and drug products; (3) a drug, device, or biologicalproduct packaged separately that according to its investigational planor proposed labeling is intended for use only with an approvedindividually specified drug, device, or biological product where bothare required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect andwhere upon approval of the proposed product the labeling of the approvedproduct would need to be changed, e.g., to reflect a change in intendeduse, dosage form, strength, route of administration, or significantchange in dose; or (4) any investigational drug, device, or biologicalproduct packaged separately that according to its proposed labeling isfor use only with another individually specified investigational drug,device, or biological product where both are required to achieve theintended use, indication, or effect. Combinations include withoutlimitation a fixed-dose combination product (FDC) in which two or moreseparate drug components are combined in a single dosage form: aco-packaged product comprising two or more separate drug products intheir final dosage forms, packaged together with appropriate labeling tosupport the combination use; and an adjunctive therapy in which apatient is maintained on a second drug product that is used togetherwith (i.e., in adjunct to) the primary treatment, although the relativedoses are not fixed, and the drugs or biologics are not necessarilygiven at the same time. Adjunctive therapy products may be co-packaged,and may or may not be labeled for concomitant use.

As used herein, “responder” refers to an individual who experiencescontinuous abstinence from tobacco use during a specified period ofadministration of a selective 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonist. In someembodiments, “responder” refers to an individual who reports no smokingor other nicotine use from Week 9 to Week 12 of administration of aselective 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonist and exhibits an end-expiratoryexhaled carbon monoxide-confirmed measurement of ≤10 ppm.

As used herein, “tobacco product” refers to a product that incorporatestobacco, i.e., the agricultural product of the leaves of plants in thegenus Nicotiana. Tobacco products can generally be divided into twotypes: smoked tobacco including without limitation pipe tobacco,cigarettes (including electronic cigarettes) and cigars, as well asMu'assel, Dokha, shisha tobacco, hookah tobacco, or simply shisha; andsmokeless tobacco including without limitation chewing tobacco, dippingtobacco, also known as dip, moist snuff (or snuff), American moistsnuff, snus, Iqmik, Naswar, Gutka, Toombak, shammah, tobacco water, spittobacco, creamy snuff or tobacco paste, dissolvable tobacco, and tobaccogum.

As used herein, “Fagerström test” refers to a standard test for nicotinedependence which is a test for assessing the intensity of nicotineaddiction. See Heatherton, T. F., Kozlowski, L. T., Frecker, R. C.,Fagerstrim, K. O. The Fagerström test for Nicotine Dependence: Arevision of the Fagerström Tolerance Questionnaire. Br J Addict 1991;86:1119-27. The test consists of a brief, self-report survey thatmeasures nicotine dependence on a scale of 0-10, with 10 being thehighest level of dependence. A score of 0-2 corresponds to very lowdependence. A score of 3-4 corresponds to low dependence. A score of 5corresponds to moderate dependence. A score of 6-7 corresponds to highdependence. A score of 8-10 corresponds to very high dependence.

Other methods may be utilized to assess the craving for nicotine,including but not limited to, the nicotine craving test specified by theDiagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Revised ThirdEdition (DSM-III-R).

As used herein, “Mood and Physical Symptoms Scale” (MPSS) refers to ascale used to assess cigarette withdrawal symptoms (West R. Hajek P:Evaluation of the mood and physical symptoms scale (MPSS) to assesscigarette withdrawal. Psychopharmacology 2004, 177(1-2):195-199). Thecore elements of MPSS involve a 5-point rating of depressed mood,irritability, restlessness, difficulty concentrating and hunger and a6-point rating of strength of urges to smoke and time spent with theseurges.

As used herein, lorcaserin refers to(R)-8-chloro-1-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepine. Similarly,lorcaserin hydrochloride refers to the hydrochloric acid salt of(R)-8-chloro-1-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-3-benzazepine (see Statementon Nonproprietary Name Adopted by the USAN Council for LorcaserinHydrochloride).

The term “phentermine” refers to 1,1-dimethyl-2-phenyl-ethylamine,including phentermine derivatives and pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, such as, but not limited to, chlorphentermine(2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1,1-dimethyl-ethylamine) and the like. In oneembodiment, phentermine is in the HCl salt form of1,1-dimethyl-2-phenyl-ethylamine.

The term “amphetamine” refers to 1-phenylpropan-2-amine and salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The phrase “a substituted amphetamine” refers to a class of chemicalsbased on amphetamine with additional substitutions. Examples ofsubstituted amphetamines include, but are not limited to:methamphetamine (N-methyl-1-phenylpropan-2-amine); ephedrine(2-(methylamino)-1-phenylpropan-1-ol); cathinone(2-amino-1-phenyl-1-propanone); MDMA(3,4-methylenedioxy-N-methylamphetamine); and DOM(2,5-Dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine); and salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof.

The term “a benzodiazepine” includes, but is not limited to alprazolam,bretazenil, bromazepam, brotizolam, chlordiazepoxide, cinolazepam,clonazepam, clorazepate, clotiazepam, cloxazolam, cyclobenzaprine,delorazepam, diazepam, estazolam, etizolan, ethyl, loflazepate,flunitrazepam,5-(2-bromophenyl)-7-fluoro-1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepin-2(3H)-one,flurazepam, flutoprazepam, halazepam, ketazolam, loprazolam, lorazepam,lormetazepam, medazepam, midazolam, nimetazepam, nitrazepam, nordazepam,oxazepam, phenazepan, pinazepam, prazepam, premazepam, pyrazolam,quazepam, temazepam, tetrazepam, and triazolam and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof.

The phrase “an atypical benzodiazepine receptor ligand” includes, but isnot limited to clobazam, DMCM, flumazenil, eszopiclone, zaleplon,zolpidem, and zopiclone and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “marijuana” refers to a composition comprising one or morecompound selected from tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol, cannabinol,and tetrahydrocannabivarin and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “cocaine” refers to benzoylmethylecgonine and salts, solvates,and hydrates thereof.

The term “dextromethorphan” refers to(4bS,8aR,9S)-3-methoxy-11-methyl-6,7,8,8a,9,10-hexahydro-5H-9,4b-(epiminoethano)phenanthreneand salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “eszopiclone” refers to(S)-6-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)-7-oxo-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrazin-5-yl4-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate and salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof.

The term “GHB” refers to 4-hydroxybutanoic acid and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof.

The term “LSD” refers to lysergic acid diethylamide and salts, solvates,and hydrates thereof.

The term “ketamine” refers to2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(methylamino)cyclohexanone and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof.

The phrase “a monoamine reuptake inhibitor” refers to a drug that actsas a reuptake inhibitor of one or more of the three major monoamineneurotransmitters serotonin, norepinephrine, and dopamine by blockingthe action of one or more of the respective monoamine transporters.Examples of monoamine reuptake inhibitors include alaproclate,citalopram, dapoxetine, escitalopram, femoxetine, fluoxetine,fluvoxamine, ifoxetine, indalpine, omiloxetine, panuramine, paroxetine,pirandamine, RTI-353, sertraline, zimelidine, desmethylcitalopram,desmethylsertraline, didesmethylcitalopram, seproxetine, cianopramine,litoxetine, lubazodone, SB-649,915, trazodone, vilazodone, vortioxetine,dextromethorphan, dimenhydrinate, diphenhydramine, mepyramine,pyrilamine, methadone, propoxyphene, mesembrine, roxindole, amedalin,tomoxetine, CP-39,332, daledalin, edivoxetine, esreboxetine,lortalamine, mazindol, nisoxetine, reboxetine, talopram, talsupram,tandamine, viloxazine, maprotiline, bupropion, ciclazindol, manifaxine,radafaxine, tapentadol, teniloxazine, Ginkgo biloba, altropane,amfonelic acid, benzothiophenylcyclohexylpiperidine, DBL-583,difluoropine, 1-(2-(diphenylmethoxy)ethyl)-4-(3-phenylpropyl)piperazine,4-{13-methyl-4,6-dioxa-11,12-diazatricyclo[7.5.0.0]tetradeca-1,3(7),8,10-tetraen-10-yl}aniline,iometopane,[(1R,2S,3S,5S)-3-(4-iodophenyl)-8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-yl]-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethanone,vanoxerine, medifoxamine, Chaenomeles speciosa, hyperforin,adhyperforin, bupropion, pramipexole, cabergoline, venlafaxine,desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran, levomilnacipran, bicifadine,4-indolylarylalkylamines, 1-naphthylarylalkylamines, amineptine,desoxypipradrol, dexmethylphenidate, difemetorex, diphenylprolinol,ethylphenidate, fencamfamine, fencamine, lefetanune, mesocarb,methylenedioxypyrovalerone, methylphenidate, nomifensine, methyl2-cyclopentyl-2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)acetate, oxolinic acid, pipradrol,prolintane, pyrovalerone, tametraline,1-[1-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl]cyclohexan-1-ol,nefopam, amitifadine, EB-1020, tesofensine, NSD-788, tedatioxetine,RG7166, Lu-AA37096, Lu-AA34893, NS-2360, bicifadine, SEP-227162,SEP-225289, DOV-216,303, brasofensine, NS-2359, diclofensine, EXP-561,taxil, naphyrone, 5-APB, 6-APB, and hyperforin, and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof.

The term “nicotine” refers to 3-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine.

The term “an opiate” includes, but is not limited to the followingcompounds and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: alfentanil,alphaprodine, anileridine, bezitramide, buprenorphine, butorphanol,dextropropoxyphene, carfentanil, codeine, diamorphine, dextromoramide,dezocine, poppy straw, dihydrocodeine, dihydroetorphine, diphenoxylate,ethylmorphine, etorphine, hydrochloride, fentanyl, hydrocodone,hydromorphone, isomethadone, levo-alphacetylmethadol, levomethorphan,levorphanol, meptazinol, metazocine, methadone, metopon, morphine,nalbuphine, opium, oripavine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine,pethidine, phenazocine, piminodine, propoxyphene, racemethorphan,racemorphan, remifentanil, sufentanil, tapentadol, and thebaine.

For example, the term includes the following compounds and salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof: alfentanil, alphaprodine, anileridine,bezitramide, dextropropoxyphene, carfentanil, codeine, poppy straw,dihydrocodeine, dihydroetorphine, diphenoxylate, ethylmorphine,etorphine, hydrochloride, fentanyl, hydrocodone, hydromorphone,isomethadone, levo-alphacetylmethadol, levomethorphan, levorphanol,metazocine, methadone, metopon, morphine, opium, oripavine, oxycodone,oxymorphone, pethidine, phenazocine, piminodine, racemethorphan,racemorphan, remifentanil, sufentanil, tapentadol, and thebaine.

The term “PCP” refers to 1-(1-phenylcyclohexyl)piperidine and salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The phrase “a substituted phenethylamine” includes, but is not limitedto, the following compounds and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof:2-(4-bromo-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]ethanamine,2-(4-chloro-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]ethanamine,2-(4-iodo-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-N-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]ethanamine,4-bromo-2,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine,1-(4-chloro-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-aminoethane,1-(2,5-dimethoxy-4-methylphenyl)-2-aminoethane,1-(2,5-dimethoxy-4-ethylphenyl)-2-aminoethane,4-fluoro-2,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine,2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodophenethylamine, 2,5-dimethoxy-4-nitrophenethylamine,2-(2,5-dimethoxy-4-propylphenyl)ethanamine,2,5-dimethoxy-4-ethylthiophenethylamine,2-[2,5-dimethoxy-4-(2-fluoroethylthio)phenyl]ethanamine,2,5-dimethoxy-4-isopropylthiophenethylamine,2,5-dimethoxy-4-n-propylthiophenethylamine,2-[4-[(cyclopropylmethyl)thio]-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl]ethanamine,2-[4-(butylthio)-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl]ethanamine, 6-hydroxydopamine,dopamine, epinephrine, mescaline, meta-octopamine, meta-tyramine,methylphenidate, n-methylphenethylamine, norepinephrine,para-octopamine, para-tyramine, phentermine, phenylephrine, salbutamol,and β-methylphenethylamine, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “psilocybin” refers to [3(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-1H-indol-4-yl]dihydrogen phosphate, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The phrase “an anabolic steroid” includes, but is not limited to, thefollowing compounds and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof:1-androstenediol, androstenediol, 1-androstenedione, androstenedione,bolandiol, bolasterone, boldenone, boldione, calusterone, clostebol,danazol, dehydrochlormethyltestosterone, desoxymethyltestosterone,dihydrotestosterone, drostanolone, ethylestrenol, fluoxymesterone,formebolone, furazabol, gestrinone, 4-hydroxytestosterone, mestanolone,mesterolone, metenolone, methandienone, methandriol, methasterone,methyldienolone, methyl-1-testosterone, methylnortestosterone,methyltestosterone, metribolone, mibolerone, nandrolone,19-norandrostenedione, norboletone, norclostebol, norethandrolone,oxabolone, oxandrolone, oxymesterone, oxymetholone, prasterone,prostanozol, quinbolone, stanozolol, stenbolone, 1-testosterone,testosterone, tetrahydrogestrinone, and trenbolone.

As used herein, the term “greater than” is used interchangeably with thesymbol > and the term “less than” is used interchangeably with thesymbol <. Likewise the term less than or equal to is usedinterchangeably with the symbol ≤ and the term greater than or equal tois used interchangeably with the symbol ≥.

When an integer is used in a method disclosed herein, the term “about”can be inserted before the integer. For example, the term “greater than29 kg/m²” can be substituted with “greater than about 29 kg/m²”.

As used in the present specification, the following abbreviations aregenerally intended to have the meanings as set forth below, except tothe extent that the context in which they are used indicates otherwise.

° C. Degrees Celsius A1C Glycated hemogiobin BID Twice a day BL BaselineBMI Body Mass Index BP Blood pressure BPM/bpm Beats per minute CARContinuous abstinence rate CI Confidence interval cm Centimeter COCarbon monoxide DOI 2,5-Dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine DBP Diastolic bloodpressure DEA Drug Enforcement Administration dL Deciliter E_(max)Maximum possible effect FDA Food and Drug Administration g Gram h HourHDL High-density lipoprotein Kg/kg Kilogram lbs Pounds LDL Low-densitylipoprotein M Molar m² Square Meter mg Milligram min Minute MITTModified intention to treat mmHg Millimeters of Mercury N/n Number NDANew Drug Application PP Point prevalence ppm parts per million QD Once aday SAE Serious Adverse Events SE Standard Error SBP Systolic bloodpressure TGA Thermogravimetric Analysis wt Weight PXRD X-ray powderdiffraction

Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise,the word “comprise”, or variations such as “comprises” or “comprising”will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated step or element orinteger or group of steps or elements or integers but not the exclusionof any other step or element or integer or group of elements orintegers.

Throughout this specification, unless specifically stated otherwise orthe context requires otherwise, reference to a single step, compositionof matter, group of steps or group of compositions of matter shall betaken to encompass one and a plurality (i.e. one or more) of thosesteps, compositions of matter, groups of steps or group of compositionsof matter.

Each embodiment described herein is to be applied mutatis mutandis toeach and every other embodiment unless specifically stated otherwise.

Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the invention(s) describedherein is susceptible to variations and modifications other than thosespecifically described. It is to be understood that the invention(s)includes all such variations and modifications. The invention(s) alsoincludes all of the steps, features, compositions and compounds referredto or indicated in this specification, individually or collectively, andany and all combinations or any two or more of said steps or featuresunless specifically stated otherwise.

The present invention(s) is not to be limited in scope by the specificembodiments described herein, which are intended for the purpose ofexemplification only. Functionally-equivalent products, compositions andmethods are clearly within the scope of the invention(s), as describedherein.

It is appreciated that certain features of the invention(s), which are,for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, can alsobe provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, variousfeatures of the invention(s), which are, for brevity, described in thecontext of a single embodiment, can also be provided separately or inany suitable subcombination. For example, a method that recitesprescribing or administering a compound provided herein can be separatedinto two methods; one reciting prescribing a compound provided hereinand the other reciting administering a compound provided herein. Inaddition, for example, a method that recites prescribing a compoundprovided herein and a separate method reciting administering a compoundprovided herein can be combined into a single method recitingprescribing and/or administering a compound provided herein. Inaddition, for example, a method that recites prescribing oradministering a compound provided herein can be separated into twomethods-one reciting prescribing a compound provided herein and theother reciting administering a compound provided herein. In addition,for example, a method that recites prescribing a compound providedherein and a separate method of the invention reciting administering acompound provided herein can be combined into a single method recitingprescribing and/or administering a compound provided herein.

Chemical Group, Moiety or Radical

The term “C₁-C₆ alkoxy” refers to a radical comprising a C₁-C₆ alkylgroup attached to an oxygen atom, wherein C₁-C₆ alkyl has the samedefinition as found herein. Some embodiments contain 1 to 5 carbons.Some embodiments contain 1 to 4 carbons. Some embodiments contain 1 to 3carbons. Some embodiments contain 1 to 2 carbons. Examples include, butare not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy,rert-butoxy, isobutoxy, and sec-butoxy.

The term “C₁-C₆ alkyl” refers to a straight or branched carbon radicalcontaining 1 to 6 carbons. Some embodiments contain 1 to 5 carbons. Someembodiments contain 1 to 4 carbons. Some embodiments contain 1 to 3carbons. Some embodiments contain 1 to 2 carbons. Examples of an alkylgroup include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl,τ-pentyl, neopentyl, 1-methylbutyl [i.e., —CH(CH₃)H₂CH₂CH],2-methylbutyl [i.e., —CH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃], and n-hexyl.

The term “carbocyclic ring” refers to a saturated ring containing 3 to 7carbons. Some embodiments contain 3 carbons. Some embodiments contain 5carbons. Some embodiments contain 4 carbons. Some embodiments contain 6carbons.

The term “C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated ring radicalcontaining 3 to 7 carbons. Some embodiments contain 3 carbons. Someembodiments contain 5 carbons. Some embodiments contain 4 carbons. Someembodiments contain 6 carbons. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.

The term “heterocyclic ring” refers to a saturated ring containing 3 to7 atoms, one or more of which are heteroatoms. In some embodiments one,two or three of the ring atoms are heteroatoms. In some embodiments,one, two or three of the ring atoms are heteroatoms each of which isindependently O, N or S.

The term “halogen” refers to a fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo group. Whenreferring to a group, “fluoro” and “fluorine” may be usedinterchangeably; “chloro” and “chlorine” may be used interchangeably;“bromo” and “bromine” may be used interchangeably; and “iodo” and“iodine” may be used interchangeably.

The number of occurrences of a given substituent in a compound may bespecified by a subscript (such as “n” and the like). The subscript maybe a positive integer or it may be 0, unless otherwise specified. Avalue of 0 for the subscript is intended to indicate that thesubstituent is absent.

Compounds

In one embodiment provided herein are compounds selected from compoundsof Formula A and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore halogens, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore halogens, and C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;

R² and R³ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R² and R³ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

X is O or C(R⁴R⁵);

Y is O or C(R⁶R⁷);

wherein if X is O, Y is (CR⁶R⁷);

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R⁴ and R⁵ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

or R² and R⁵ are each H and R³ and R⁴ taken together with the carbonsconnecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring;

R⁶ and R⁷ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

and

R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or halogen.

In one embodiment provided herein are compounds selected from compoundsof Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore halogens, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with one ormore halogens, and C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;

R² and R³ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R² and R³ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

or R² and R⁵ are each H and R³ and R⁴ taken together with the carbonsconnecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring;

R⁶ and R⁷ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl; or R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

and

R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substitutedwith one or more halogens, or halogen.

All combinations of the embodiments pertaining to the chemical groupsrepresented by the variables (e.g., X, R¹, etc.) contained within thegeneric chemical formulae described herein, for example, Formula A, I,etc. are specifically embraced by the present invention(s) just as ifeach and every combination was individually and explicitly recited, tothe extent that such combinations embrace compounds that result instable compounds (i.e., compounds that can be isolated, characterizedand tested for biological activity). In addition, all subcombinations ofthe chemical groups listed in the embodiments describing such variables,as well as all subcombinations of uses and medical indications describedherein, are also specifically embraced by the present invention(s) justas if each and every subcombination of chemical groups andsubcombination of uses and medical indications was individually andexplicitly recited herein.

In addition, some embodiments include every combination of one or moreembodiments pertaining to the chemical groups represented by thevariables and generic chemical formulae as described herein or everycombination of one or more compounds disclosed herein together/incombination with every combination of one or more weight loss drugchosen from sodium/glucose cotransporter-2 (SGLT2) inhibitors, lipaseinhibitors, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, anticonvulsants, glucosesensitizers, incretin mimetics, amylin analogs, GLP-1 analogs, Yreceptor peptides, 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonists, opioid receptorantagonists, appetite suppressants, anorectics, and hormones and thelike, either specifically disclosed herein or specifically disclosed inany reference recited herein just as if each and every combination wasindividually and explicitly recited. In some embodiments, the weightloss drug is chosen from dapagliflozin, canagliflozin, ipragliflozin,tofogliflozin, empagliflozin, remogliflozin etabonate, orlistat,cetilistat, alaproclate, citalopram, dapoxetine, escitalopram,femoxetine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, ifoxetine, indalpine, omiloxetine,panuramine, paroxetine, pirandamine, sertraline, zimelidine,desmethylcitalopram, desmethylsertraline, didesmethylcitalopram,seproxetine, cianopramine, litoxetine, lubazodone, trazodone,vilazodone, vortioxetine, dextromethorphan, dimenhydrinate,diphenhydramine, mepyramine, pyrilamine, methadone, propoxyphene,mesembrine, roxindole, amedalin, tomoxetine, daledalin, edivoxetine,esreboxetine, lortalamine, mazindol, nisoxetine, reboxetine, talopram,talsupram, tandamine, viloxazine, maprotiline, bupropion, ciclazindol,manifaxine, radafaxine, tapentadol, teniloxazine, Ginkgo biloba,altropane, difluoropine, iometopane, vanoxerine, medifoxamine,Chaenomeles speciosa, hyperforin, adhyperforin, bupropion, pramipexole,cabergoline, venlafaxine, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran,levomilnacipran, bicifadine, amineptine, desoxypipradrol,dexmethylphenidate, difemetorex, diphenylprolinol, ethylphenidate,fencamfamine, fencamine, lefetamine, mesocarb,methylenedioxypyrovalerone, methylphenidate, nomifensine, oxolinic acid,pipradrol, prolintane, pyrovalerone, tametraline, nefopam, amitifadine,tesofensine, tedatioxetine, bicifadine, brasofensine, diclofensine,taxil, naphyrone, hyperforin, topiramate, zonisamide, metformin,acarbose, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone, exenatide,liraglutide, taspoglutide, obinepitide, pramlintide, peptide YY,vabicaserin, naltrexone, naloxone, phentermine, diethylpropion,oxymetazoline, benfluorex, butenolide cathine, phenmetrazine,phenylpropanolamine, pyroglutamyl-histidyl-glycine, amphetamine,benzphetamine, dexmethylphenidate, dextroamphetamine,methylenedioxypyrovalerone, glucagon, lisdexamfetamine, methamphetamine,methylphenidate, phendimetrazine, phenethylamine, caffeine,bromocriptine, ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, rimonabant, surinabant,mirtazapine, Dietex®, MG Plus Protein™, insulin, and leptin andpharmaceutically acceptable salts and combinations thereof.

As used herein, “substituted” indicates that at least one hydrogen atomof the chemical group is replaced by a non-hydrogen substituent orgroup, the non-hydrogen substituent or group can be monovalent ordivalent. When the substituent or group is divalent, then it isunderstood that this group is further substituted with anothersubstituent or group. When a chemical group herein is “substituted” itmay have up to the full valance of substitution; for example, a methylgroup can be substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents, a methylene groupcan be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents, a phenyl group can besubstituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, a naphthyl group can besubstituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 substituents, and the like.Likewise, “substituted with one or more substituents” refers to thesubstitution of a group with one substituent up to the total number ofsubstituents physically allowed by the group. Further, when a group issubstituted with more than one group they can be identical or they canbe different.

Compounds provided herein can also include tautomeric forms, such asketo-enol tautomers and the like. Tautomeric forms can be in equilibriumor sterically locked into one form by appropriate substitution. It isunderstood that the various tautomeric forms are within the scope of thecompounds provided herein.

It is understood and appreciated that compounds of Formula A, I or otherformulae used throughout this disclosure may have one or more chiralcenters and therefore can exist as enantiomers and/or diastereoisomers.The invention(s) are understood to extend to and embrace all suchenantiomers, diastereoisomers and mixtures thereof, including but notlimited to racemates. It is understood that compounds of Formula A, I orother formulae used throughout this disclosure represent all individualenantiomers and mixtures thereof, unless stated or shown otherwise.

The Group R¹

In some embodiments, R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl optionallysubstituted with one or more halogens, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl optionallysubstituted with one or more halogens, and C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R¹ is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, orC₃-C₈ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R¹ is H, methyl, ethyl, fluorine, chlorine,bromine, methoxy, or cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R¹ is H.

In some embodiments, R¹ is C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ ismethyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is ethyl.

In some embodiments, R¹ is C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with one or morehalogens.

In some embodiments, R¹ is halogen. In some embodiments, R¹ is fluorine.In some embodiments, R¹ is chlorine. In some embodiments, R¹ is bromine.In some embodiments, R¹ is iodine.

In some embodiments, R¹ is O—C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ ismethoxy. In some embodiments, R¹ is ethoxy.

In some embodiments, R¹ is O—C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with one or morehalogens.

In some embodiments, R¹ is C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ iscyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is cyclobutyl. In some embodiments,R¹ is cyclopentyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is cyclohexyl. In someembodiments, R¹ is cycloheptyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is cyclooctyl.

The Groups R² and R³

In some embodiments, R² and R³ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R² and R³ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

or R² and R³ are each H and R³ and R⁴ taken together with the carbonsconnecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R² and R³ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R² and R³ are each H.

In some embodiments, R² and R³ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl. In someembodiments, R² and R³ are each methyl. In some embodiments, R² and R³are each ethyl.

In some embodiments, R² and R³ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with oneor more halogens.

In some embodiments, R² and R³ are each C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In someembodiments, R² and R³ are each cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, one of R² and R³ is H and the other is C₁-C₆ alkyl.In some embodiments, one of R² and R³ is H and the other is methyl. Insome embodiments, one of R² and R³ is H and the other is ethyl.

In some embodiments, one of R² and R³ is H and the other isC₁-C₈cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, one of R² and R³ is H and theother is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R² and R³ taken together with the carbon connectingthem form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In someembodiments, R² and R³ taken together with the carbon connecting themform a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R²and R³ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R² and R³ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 5-membered spirocycliccarbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R² and R³ taken together with thecarbon connecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R² and R³ are each H and R³ and R⁴ taken togetherwith the carbons connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclicring. In some embodiments, R² and R⁵ are each H and R³ and R⁴ takentogether with the carbons connecting them form a 5-membered carbocyclicring.

The Groups X and Y

In some embodiments, X is O or C(R⁴R⁵) and Y is O or C(R⁶R⁷); wherein ifX is O, Y is (CR⁶R⁷).

In some embodiments, X is O or C(R⁴R⁵) and Y is O or C(R⁶R⁷); providedthat X and Y are not both O.

In some embodiments, X is O and Y is C(R⁶R⁷); In some embodiments, X isC(R⁴R⁵) and Y is O.

In some embodiments, X is C(R⁴R⁵) and Y is C(R⁶R⁷).

The Groups R⁴ and R⁵

In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

or R² and R⁵ are each H and R³ and R⁴ taken together with the carbonsconnecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ are each H.

In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl. In someembodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ are each methyl. In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵are each ethyl.

In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with oneor more halogens.

In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ are each C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In someembodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ are each cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, one of R⁴ and R⁵ is H and the other is C₁-C₆ alkyl.In some embodiments, one of R⁴ and R⁵ is H and the other is methyl. Insome embodiments, one of R⁴ and R⁵ is H and the other is ethyl.

In some embodiments, one of R⁴ and R⁵ is H and the other is C₃-C₈cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, one of R⁴ and R⁵ is H and the other iscyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connectingthem form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In someembodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting themform a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R⁴and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 5-membered spirocycliccarbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with thecarbon connecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R² and R⁵ are each H and R³ and R⁴ taken togetherwith the carbons connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclicring. In some embodiments, R² and R⁵ are each H and R³ and R⁴ takentogether with the carbons connecting them form a 5-membered carbocyclicring.

The Groups R⁶ and R⁷

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ are each H.

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl. In someembodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ are each methyl. In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷are each ethyl.

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with oneor more halogens.

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ are each C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In someembodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ are each cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, one of R⁶ and R⁷ is H and the other is C₁-C₆ alkyl.In some embodiments, one of R⁶ and R⁷ is H and the other is methyl. Insome embodiments, one of R⁶ and R⁷ is H and the other is ethyl.

In some embodiments, one of R⁶ and R⁷ is H and the other is C₃-C₈cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, one of R⁶ and R⁷ is H and the other iscyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the carbon connectingthem form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In someembodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with the carbon connecting themform a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R⁶and R⁷ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ takentogether with the carbon connecting them form a 5-membered spirocycliccarbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R⁶ and R⁷ taken together with thecarbon connecting the riormn a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

The Groups R⁸ and R⁹

In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyloptionally substituted with one or more halogens, or halogen.

In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently H or halogen.

In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each H.

In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl. In someembodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each methyl. In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹are each ethyl.

In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with oneor more halogens.

In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each halogen. In some embodiments, R⁸and R⁹ are each fluorine. In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are eachchlorine. In some embodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each bromine. In someembodiments, R⁸ and R⁹ are each iodine.

In some embodiments, R⁸ is hydrogen and R⁹ is halogen. In someembodiments, R⁸ is hydrogen and R⁹ is fluorine. In some embodiments, R⁸is hydrogen and R⁹ is chlorine. In some embodiments, R⁸ is hydrogen andR⁹ is bromine. In some embodiments, R⁸ is hydrogen and R⁹ is iodine.

In some embodiments, R⁹ is hydrogen and R⁸ is halogen. In someembodiments, R⁹ is hydrogen and R⁸ is fluorine. In some embodiments, R⁹is hydrogen and R⁸ is chlorine. In some embodiments, R⁹ is hydrogen andR⁸ is bromine. In some embodiments, R⁹ is hydrogen and R⁸ is iodine.

In some embodiments, R⁸ is hydrogen and R⁹ is C₁-C₆ alkyl. In someembodiments, R⁸ is hydrogen and R⁹ is methyl. In some embodiments, R⁸ ishydrogen and R⁹ is ethyl.

In some embodiments, R⁹ is hydrogen and Rx is C₁-C₆ alkyl. In someembodiments, R⁹ is hydrogen and R⁸ is methyl. In some embodiments, R⁹ ishydrogen and R⁸ is ethyl.

Embodiments of Formula I

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ia, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₄cycloalkyl;

and

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ia is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ia-i, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₈cycloalkyl;

and

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ia is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ia-ii, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₈cycloalkyl;

and

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R¹ isH.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R¹ isC₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or FormulaIa-ii, R¹ is methyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, orFormula Ia-ii, R¹ is ethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-i, R¹ ishalogen. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or FormulaIa-ii. R¹ is fluorine. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i,or Formula Ia-ii, R¹ is chlorine. In some embodiments of Formula Ia,Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R¹ is bromine. In some embodiments ofFormula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R¹ is iodine.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R¹ isO—C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, orFormula Ia-ii, R¹ is methoxy. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, FormulaIa-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R¹ is ethoxy.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R¹ isC₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, orFormula Ia-ii, R¹ is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-i, R⁴ andR⁵ are the same and each is H.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R⁴and R⁵ are the same and each is methyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R⁴and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, FormulaIa-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbonconnecting them form a 4-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In someembodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R⁴ and R⁵taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 5-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, FormulaIa-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbonconnecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ib, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₈cycloalkyl;

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

and

n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ib is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ib-i, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₈cycloalkyl;

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

and

n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ib is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ib-ii, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₈cycloalkyl;

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring;

and

n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ isH.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ isC₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or FormulaIb-ii, R¹ is methyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, orFormula Ib-ii, R¹ is ethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ ishalogen. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or FormulaIb-ii, R¹ is fluorine. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i,or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ is chlorine. In some embodiments of Formula Ib,Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ is bromine. In some embodiments ofFormula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ is iodine.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ isO—C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, orFormula Ib-ii, R¹ is methoxy. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, FormulaIb-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ is ethoxy.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R¹ iscyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R⁴and R⁵ are the same and each is H.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-i, R⁴ andR⁵ are the same and each is methyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R⁴and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments or Formula Ib, FormulaIb-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbonconnecting them form a 4-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In someembodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R⁴ and R⁵taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 5-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, FormulaIb-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbonconnecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, nis 1. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii,n is 2. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or FormulaIb-ii, n is 3. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, orFormula Ib-ii, n is 4.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ic, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₈cycloalkyl;

each R² is the same and is C₁-C₆ alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;

and

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ic is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ic-i, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₈cycloalkyl;

each R² is the same and is C₁-C₆ alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;

and

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ic is selected fromcompounds of Formula Ic-ii, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:

wherein:

R¹ is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, halogen, O—C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₈cycloalkyl;

each R² is the same and is C₁-C₆ alkyl or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;

and

R⁴ and R⁵ are the same and each is H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl;or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R¹ isH.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R¹ isC₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or FormulaIc-ii, R¹ is methyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, orFormula Ic-ii, R¹ is ethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R¹ ishalogen. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or FormulaIc-ii, R¹ is fluorine. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i,or Formula Ic-ii, R¹ is chlorine. In some embodiments of Formula Ic,Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R¹ is bromine. In some embodiments ofFormula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R¹ is iodine.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii. R¹ isO—C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, orFormula Ic-ii, R¹ is methoxy. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, FormulaIc-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R¹ is ethoxy.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R¹ isC₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, orFormula Ic-ii, R¹ is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, eachR² is the same and is C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic,Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, each R² is the same and is methyl. Insome embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, each R²is the same and is ethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R⁴and R⁵ are the same and each is H.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R⁴and R⁵ are the same and each is C₁-C₆ alkyl. In some embodiments ofFormula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R⁴ and R⁵ are the same andeach is methyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R⁴and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of FormulaIc, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with thecarbon connecting them form a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ie-ii, R⁴and R⁵ taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, FormulaIc-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the carbonconnecting them form a 5-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In someembodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R⁴ and R⁵taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 6-memberedspirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

Some embodiments of Formula A include every combination of one or morecompounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof selected from the following group shown in Table A.

TABLE A Com- pound No. Chemical Structure Chemical Name 101

8′-ethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′- pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 102

6,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 103

(S)-6,6′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 104

(R)-6′,6′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 105

8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′- pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 106

8-bromo-1,2,3_(,)4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 107

1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 108

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro- 1′H-dispiro[cyclobutane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 109

8-bromo-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine110

(S)-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 111

8-chloro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 112

(R)-7′,7′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 113

(R)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro- 1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 114

(S)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro- 1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 115

(S)-7′,7′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 116

8′-methyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′- pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 117

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro- 1′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 118

(7aR)- 5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a- decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 119

8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 120

7-cyclopropyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 121

7′,7′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′- hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 122

(R)-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 123

(S)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 124

(S)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H- spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 125

(R)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H- spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 126

8-methoxy-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 127

8-cyclopropyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 128

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 129

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopentane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 130

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 131

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro- 1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 132

(7aS)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a- decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 133

(R)-8′-fluoro- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine]134

(S)-8′-fluoro- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine]135

7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 136

(R)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro- 1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 137

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro- 1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 138

8-fluoro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 139

1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7- hexahydro-1H- isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine 140

5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a- decahydro-4H- cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine

In some embodiments, provided herein are intermediates disclosed inFIGS. 2-11 , wherein the variables in the figures have the samedefinition as described herein.

Compounds of Formula A or I may be prepared, for example, as disclosedin the synthetic schemes of FIGS. 2-11 herein. Such schemes are intendedto be illustrative and not intended to be limiting. The skilled artisancan readily understand and appreciate that the schemes may be modifiedin ways known in the art to arrive at the same or different compounds ofFormula A or I. As a non-limiting example, the sulfonamide precursors ofthe compounds of Formula A or I shown in FIGS. 2-10 may be optionallyconverted to N-BOC protected compounds of Formula A or I by conductingthe reaction in the presence of a protecting agent such as (BOC)₂O. TheN-BOC protected compounds may then be deprotected to provide compoundsof Formula A or I by ways known in the art.

Additionally, individual compounds and chemical genera provided herein,including, isomers, diastereoisomers and enantiomers thereof, encompassall pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates, thereof.Further, mesoisomers of individual compounds and chemical generaprovided herein encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates and particularly hydrates, thereof.

The compounds provided herein may be prepared according to relevantpublished literature procedures that are used by one skilled in the art.Exemplary reagents and procedures for these reactions appear hereinafterin the working Examples. Protection and deprotection may be carried outby procedures generally known in the art (see, for example, Greene, T.W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3^(rd)Edition, 1999 [Wiley]).

It is understood that the present invention(s) embrace, each isomer,each diastereoisomer, each enantiomer and mixtures thereof of eachcompound and generic formulae disclosed herein just as if they were eachindividually disclosed with the specific stereochemical designation foreach chiral carbon. Separation of the individual isomers and enantiomers(such as, by chiral HPLC, recrystallization of diastereoisomericmixtures and the like) or selective synthesis (such as, by enantiomericselective syntheses and the like) of the individual isomers can beaccomplished by application of various methods which are well known topractitioners in the art. In some embodiments, a compound disclosedherein may exist as a stereoisomer that is substantially free of otherstereoisomers. The term “substantially free of other stereoisomers” asused herein means less than 10% of other stereoisomers, such as lessthan 5% of other stereoisomers, such as less than 2% of otherstereoisomers, such as less than 2% of other stereoisomers are present.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for treatment of thehuman or animal body by therapy.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for decreasing foodintake.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for inducing satiety.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofobesity.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the prevention ofobesity.

Also provided are compounds for use in weight management.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgicalweight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises weight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises maintenance ofweight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises areduced-calorie diet.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a programof regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises both areduced-calorie diet and a program of regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is anobese patient with an initial body mass index ≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is anoverweight patient with an initial body mass index ≥27 kg/m² in thepresence of at least one weight related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight related co-morbid condition is selectedfrom: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucoseintolerance, and sleep apnea.

Also provided are compounds for use in the treatment ofantipsychotic-induced weight gain.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment oftype 2 diabetes.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment oftype 2 diabetes in combination with one or more type 2 diabetesmedications.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetestreatments is reduced.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetestreatments is eliminated.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the prevention oftype 2 diabetes.

In some embodiments the need for other type 2 diabetes treatments isreduced.

In some embodiments the need for other type 2 diabetes treatments iseliminated.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofPrader-Willi syndrome.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of addiction.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of drug and alcoholaddiction.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of alcohol addiction.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of drug addiction.

In some embodiments, the drug is selected from amphetamine, asubstituted amphetamine, a benzodiazepine, an atypical benzodiazepinereceptor ligand, marijuana, cocaine, dextromethorphan, GHB, LSD,ketamine, a monoamine reuptake inhibitor, nicotine, an opiate, PCP, asubstituted phenethylamine, psilocybin, and an anabolic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is nicotine.

In some embodiments, the drug is amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is methamphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a benzodiazepine.

In some embodiments, the drug is an atypical benzodiazepine receptorligand.

In some embodiments, the drug is marijuana.

In some embodiments, the drug is cocaine.

In some embodiments, the drug is dextromethorphan.

In some embodiments, the drug is GHB.

In some embodiments, the drug is LSD.

In some embodiments, the drug is ketamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a monoamine reuptake inhibitor.

In some embodiments, the drug is an opiate.

In some embodiments, the drug is PCP.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted phenethylamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is psilocybin.

In some embodiments, the drug is an anabolic steroid.

Also provided are compounds for aiding smoking cessation.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of tobacco dependence.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of nicotine dependence.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of alcoholism.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofpathological gambling.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofreward deficiency syndrome.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of sexaddiction.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of anobsessive-compulsive spectrum disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of animpulse control disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofnail-biting.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofonychophagia.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of asleep disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofinsomnia.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment offragmented sleep architecture.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of adisturbance of slow-wave sleep.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofurinary incontinence.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of apsychiatric disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofschizophrenia.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofanorexia nervosa.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofbulimia nervosa.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofAlzheimer disease.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofsexual dysfunction.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment oferectile dysfunction.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofepilepsy.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of amovement disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofparkinsonism.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofantipsychotic-induced movement disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofhypertension.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofdyslipidemia.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofnonalcoholic fatty liver disease.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofobesity-related renal disease.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment ofsleep apnea.

Indications Weight Management

FDA approved for weight loss, BELVIQ is used along with areduced-calorie diet and increased physical activity for chronic weightmanagement in adults who are: obese (BMI of 30 kg/m² or greater), oroverweight (BMI of 27 kg/m² or greater) with at least one weight-relatedmedical condition (for example, high blood pressure, high cholesterol,or type 2 diabetes) (www.belviq.com).

In some embodiments, an individual in need of weight management is anindividual who is overweight. In some embodiments, an individual in needof weight management is an individual who has excess visceral adiposity.In some embodiments, an individual in need of weight management is anindividual who is obese. To determine whether an individual isoverweight or obese one can determine a body weight, a body mass index(BMI), a waist circumference or a body fat percentage of the individualto determine if the individual meets a body weight threshold, a BMIthreshold, a waist circumference threshold or a body fat percentagethreshold.

Determination of body weight can be through the use of a visualestimation of body weight, the use of a weight measuring device, such asan electronic weight scale or a mechanical beam scale. In someembodiments, an individual in need of weight management is an adult malewith a body weight greater than about 90 kg, greater than about 100 kg,or greater than about 110 kg. In some embodiments, an individual in needof weight management is an adult female with a body weight greater thanabout 80 kg, greater than about 90 kg, or greater than about 100 kg. Insome embodiments, the individual is prepubertal and has a body weightgreater than about 30 kg, greater than about 40 kg, or greater thanabout 50 kg.

Whether an individual is overweight or obese can be determined on thebasis of their body mass index (BMI) which is calculated by dividingbody weight (kg) by height squared (m²). Thus, the units of BMI arekg/m² and it is possible to calculate the BMI range associated withminimum mortality in each decade of life. According to theclassification from the World Health Organization (W.H.O.), overweightis defined as a BMI in the range 25-30 kg/m², and obesity as a BMIgreater than 30 kg/m² (see below for a detailed W.H.O. BMIclassification)

The International Classification of Adult Underweight, Overweight, andObesity According to BMI (World Health Organization) BMI (kg/m²)Classification Principal cut-off points Additional cut-off pointsUnderweight  <18.50  <18.50 Severe thinness  <16.00  <16.00 Moderatethinness 16.00-16.99 16.00-16.99 Mild thinness 17.00-18.49 17.00-18.49Normal range 18.50-24.99 18.50-22.99 23.00-24.99 Overweight ≥25.00≥25.00 Pre-obese 25.00-29.99 25.00-27.49 27.50-29.99 Obese ≥30.00 ≥30.00Obese class I 30.00-34-99 30.00-32.49 32.50-34.99 Obese class II35.00-39.99 35.00-37.49 37.50-39.99 Obese class III ≥40.00 ≥40.00

The healthy range of BMI, and other measures of whether one isoverweight or obese, can also be dependent on genetic or racialdifferences. For example, since Asian populations develop negativehealth consequences at a lower BMI than Caucasians, some nations haveredefined obesity for their populations. For example, in Japan any BMIgreater than 25 is defined as obese and in China any BMI greater than 28is defined as obese. Similarly, different threshold values for bodyweight, waist circumference or body fat percentage can be used fordifferent populations of individuals. The additional cut-off pointsincluded in the table above (for example, 23, 27.5, 32.5 and 37.5) wereadded as points for public health action. The WHO recommends thatcountries should use all categories for reporting purposes with a viewto facilitating international comparisons.

Determination of BMI can be through the use of a visual estimation ofBMI, the use of a height measuring device such as a stadiometer or aheight rod and the use of a weight measuring device, such as anelectronic weight scale or a mechanical beam scale. In some embodiments,the individual in need of weight management is an adult with a BMI ofgreater than about 25 kg/m², greater than about 26 kg/m², greater thanabout 27 kg/m², greater than about 28 kg/m², greater than about 29kg/m², greater than about 30 kg/m², greater than about 31 kg/m², greaterthan about 32 d kg/m², greater than about 33 kg/m², greater than about34 kg/m², greater than about 35 kg/m², greater than about 36 kg/m²,greater than about 37 kg/m², greater than about 38 kg/m², greater thanabout 39 kg/m², or greater than about 40 kg/m². In some embodiments, theindividual is prepubertal with a BMI of greater than about 20 kg/m²,greater than about 21 kg/m², greater than about 22 kg/m², greater thanabout 23 kg/m², greater than about 24 kg/m², greater than about 25kg/m², greater than about 26 kg/m², greater than about 27 kg/m², greaterthan about 28 kg/m², greater than about 29 kg/m², greater than about 30kg/m², greater than about 31 kg/m², greater than about 32 kg/m², greaterthan about 33 kg/m², greater than about 34 kg/m², or greater than about35 kg/m².

Determination of waist circumference can be through the use of a visualestimation of waist circumference or the use of a waist circumferencemeasuring device such as a tape measure.

Determinations of the healthy range of waist circumference andpercentage body fat in an individual are dependent on gender. Forexample, women typically have smaller waist circumferences than men andso the waist circumference threshold for being overweight or obese islower for a woman. In addition, women typically have a greaterpercentage of body fat than men and so the percentage body fat thresholdfor being overweight or obese for a woman is higher than for a man.Further, the healthy range of BMI and other measures of whether one isoverweight or obese can be dependent on age. For example, the bodyweight threshold for considering whether one is overweight or obese islower for a child (prepubertal individual) than an adult.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is anadult male with a waist circumference of greater than about 100 cm,greater than about 110 cm, greater than about 120 cm, greater than about110 cm or an adult female with a waist circumference of greater thanabout 80 cm, greater than about 90 cm, or greater than about 100 cm. Insome embodiments, the individual is prepubertal with a waistcircumference of about of greater than about 60 cm, greater than about70 cm, or greater than about 80 cm.

Determination of body fat percentage can be through the use of a visualestimation of body fat percentage or the use of a body fat percentagemeasuring device such as bioelectric impedance, computed tomography,magnetic resonance imaging, near infrared interactance, dual energy Xray absorptiometry, use of ultrasonic waves, use of body average densitymeasurement, use of skinfold methods, or use of height and circumferencemethods. In some embodiments, the individual in need of weightmanagement is an adult male with a body fat percentage of greater thanabout 25%, greater than about 30%, or greater than about 35% or an adultfemale with a body fat percentage of greater than about 30%, greaterthan about 35%, or greater than about 40%. In some embodiments, theindividual is prepubertal with a body fat percentage of greater thanabout 30%, greater than about 35%, or greater than about 40%.

In some embodiments, modifying the administration of the compoundsprovided herein comprises prescribing or administering a weight lossdrug or procedure to the individual to be used in combination with thecompounds provided herein.

Antipsychotic-Induced Weight Gain

Antipsychotic-induced weight gain is a serious side effect ofantipsychotic medication that can lead to increased morbidity,mortality, and non-compliance in patients. The mechanisms underlyingweight gain resulting from antipsychotic drugs are not fully understood,although antagonism of the 5-HT_(2C) receptor is likely to contribute.Animal studies indicate that the drugs most likely to cause weight gain,clozapine and olanzapine, have direct effects on the neuropeptideY-containing neurons of the hypothalamus; these neurons mediate theeffects of the circulating anorexigenic hormone leptin on the control offood intake (Association Between Early and Rapid Weight Gain and Changein Weight Over One Year of Olanzapine Therapy in Patients withSchizophrenia and Related Disorders; Kinon, B. J. et al., Journal ofClinical Psychopharmacology (2005), 25(3), 255-258). Furthermore,significant overall weight gain has been found in schizophrenic orrelated disorder patients undergoing therapy with the 5-HT_(2C)-receptorantagonist, olanzapine (The 5-HT _(2C) Receptor andAntipsychotic-Induced Weight Gain—Mechanisms and Genetics; Reynolds G.P. et al.; Journal of Psychopharmacology (2006), 20(4 Suppl), 15-8).Accordingly, 5-HT_(2C)-receptor agonists such as compounds providedherein are useful for treating antipsychotic-induced weight gain.

Diabetes

It is known that 5-HT_(2C)-receptor agonists significantly improveglucose tolerance and reduce plasma insulin in murine models of obesityand type 2 diabetes at concentrations of agonist that have no effect oningestive behavior, energy expenditure, locomotor activity, body weight,or fat mass (Serotonin 2C Receptor Agonists Improve Type 2 Diabetes viaMelanocortin-4 Receptor Signaling Pathways; Ligang, Z. et al., CellMetab. 2007 Nov. 7: 6(5): 398-405).

As a part of a phase 3 clinical trial program, BELVIQ was evaluated in arandomized, placebo-controlled, multi-site, double-blind trial of 604adults with poorly controlled type 2 diabetes mellitus treated with oralhyperglycemic agents (“BLOOM-DM”). Within the glycemic, lipid and bloodpressure families, patients in the BELVIQ group achieved statisticallysignificant improvements relative to placebo in HbA1c and fastingglucose. BELVIQ (10 mg BID) patients achieved a 0.9% reduction in HbA1c,compared to a 0.4% reduction for the placebo group (p<0.0001) and a27.4% reduction in fasting glucose, compared to a 11.9% reduction forthe placebo group (p<0.001). Among patients with type 2 diabetes, theuse of medications to treat diabetes decreased in patients taking BELVIQconcurrently with mean improvement in glycemic control. In particular,mean daily doses of sulfonylureas and thiazolidinediones decreased16.24% in the BELVIQ groups, and increased in the placebo group (Effectof Lorcaserin on the Use of Concomitant Medications for Dyslipidemia,Hypertension and Type 2 Diabetes during Phase 3 Clinical TrialsAssessing Weight Loss in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes; Vargas, E. etal.; Abstracts of Papers, Obesity Society 30^(th) Annual ScientificMeeting, San Antonio, Tex., Sep. 20-24, 2012. (2012). 471-P). In studiesthat excluded patients with diabetes the population was insulinresistant, as indicated by baseline homeostasis model ofassessment-insulin resistance (HOMA-IR) values greater than 1.5. Meanfasting glucose was statistically significantly decreased by BELVIQ(−0.2 mg/dL) compared to placebo (+0.6 mg/dL), and BELVIQ caused a smallbut statistically significant decrease in HbA1c. In one study, fastinginsulin decreased significantly in the BELVIQ group (−3.3 μIU/mL)relative to placebo (−1.3 μIU/mL), resulting in significant improvementin insulin resistance (indicated by HOMA-IR) in the BELVIQ group (−0.4)compared with placebo (−0.2). Accordingly the compounds provided hereinare useful for the prevention and treatment of type 2 diabetes.

Prader-Willi Syndrome

Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) is a maternally imprinted human disorderresulting from a loss of paternal gene expression on chromosome 15q11-13that is characterized by a complex phenotype including cognitivedeficits, infantile hypotonia and failure to thrive, short stature,hypogonadism and hyperphagia which can lead to morbid obesity(Goldstone, 2004; Nicholls and Knepper, 2001). There is support in theliterature for the use of 5-HT_(2C)-receptor agonists such as compoundsprovided herein for treating PWS (Mice with altered serotonin 2Creceptor RNA editing display characteristics of Prader- Willi syndrome.Morabito, M. V. et al., Neurobiology of Disease 39 2010) 169-180; andSelf-injurious behavior and serotonin in Prader-Willi syndrome.Hellings, J. A. and Warnock, J. K. Psychopharmacology bulletin (1994),30(2), 245-50).

Substance Abuse and Other Addiction

Addiction is a primary, chronic disease of brain reward, motivation,memory, and related circuitry. Dysfunction in these circuits leads tocharacteristic biological, psychological, social, and spiritualmanifestations. This is reflected in an individual pathologicallypursuing reward and/or relief by substance use and other behaviors.Addiction is characterized by inability to consistently abstain,impairment in behavioral control, craving, diminished recognition ofsignificant problems with one's behaviors and interpersonalrelationships, and a dysfunctional emotional response. Like otherchronic diseases, addiction often involves cycles of relapse andremission. Without treatment or engagement in recovery activities,addiction is progressive and can result in disability or prematuredeath.

The power of external cues to trigger craving and drug use, as well asto increase the frequency of engagement in other potentially addictivebehaviors, is also a characteristic of addiction, with the hippocampusbeing important in memory of previous euphoric or dysphoric experiences,and with the amygdala being important in having motivation concentrateon selecting behaviors associated with these past experiences. Althoughsome believe that the difference between those who have addiction, andthose who do not, is the quantity or frequency of alcohol/drug use,engagement in addictive behaviors (such as gambling or spending), orexposure to other external rewards (such as food or sex), acharacteristic aspect of addiction is the qualitative way in which theindividual responds to such exposures, stressors and environmental cues.A particularly pathological aspect of the way that persons withaddiction pursue substance use or external rewards is that preoccupationwith, obsession with and/or pursuit of rewards (e.g. alcohol and otherdrug use) persist despite the accumulation of adverse consequences.These manifestations can occur compulsively or impulsively, as areflection of impaired control.

Agonists of the 5-HT_(2C) receptor such as the compounds provided hereinare active in rodent models of substance abuse, addiction and relapse,and there is strong support in the literature that such agonists act viamodulation of dopamine function.

1. Smoking & Tobacco Use

Tobacco use can lead to tobacco/nicotine dependence and serious healthproblems. Cessation can significantly reduce the risk of suffering fromsmoking-related diseases. Tobacco/nicotine dependence is a chroniccondition that often requires repeated interventions.

2. Drug Addiction

There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT_(2C)-receptoragonists such as compounds provided herein for treating drug addiction(Novel Pharmacotherapeutic Approaches for the Treatment of DrugAddiction and Craving; Heidbreder et al. Current Opinion in Pharmacology(2005), 5(1), 107-118).

3. Alcoholism

There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT_(2C)-receptoragonists such as compounds provided herein for treating alcoholism (AnInvestigation of the Role of 5-HT _(2C) Receptors in Modifying EthanolSelf-Administration Behaviour; Tomkins et al. Pharmacology,biochemistry, and behavior (2002), 71(4), 735-44).

4. Pathological Gambling

There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT_(2C)-receptoragonists such as compounds provided herein for treating pathologicalgambling. Marazziti, D. et al. found that the maximum binding capacityof the platelet 5-HT transporter pathological gambling patients wassignificantly lower than that of healthy subjects. Pathological gamblingpatients showed a dysfunction at the level of the platelet 5-HTtransporter that would suggest the involvement of the 5-HT system inthis condition. (Decreased Density of the Platelet Serotonin Transporterin Pathological Gamblers; Marazziti, D. et al., Neuropsychobiology(2008), 57(1-2), 3843.)

5. Reward Deficiency Syndrome; Sex Addiction

The dopaminergic system, and in particular the dopamine D2 receptor, hasbeen implicated in reward mechanisms. The net effect of neurotransmitterinteraction at the mesolimbic brain region induces “reward” whendopamine (DA) is released from the neuron at the nucleus accumbens andinteracts with a dopamine D2 receptor. “The reward cascade” involves therelease of serotonin, which in turn at the hypothalamus stimulatesenkephalin, which in turn inhibits GABA at the substania nigra, which inturn fine tunes the amount of DA released at the nucleus accumbens or“reward site.” It is well known that under normal conditions in thereward site DA works to maintain our normal drives. In fact, DA hasbecome to be known as the “pleasure molecule” and/or the “antistressmolecule.” When DA is released into the synapse, it stimulates a numbera DA receptors (D1-D5) which results in increased feelings of well-beingand stress reduction. A consensus of the literature suggests that whenthere is a dysfunction in the brain reward cascade, which could becaused by certain genetic variants (polygenic), especially in the DAsystem causing a hypodopaminergic trait, the brain of that personrequires a DA fix to feel good. This trait leads to multipledrug-seeking behavior. This is so because alcohol, cocaine, heroin,marijuana, nicotine, and glucose all cause activation and neuronalrelease of brain DA, which could heal the abnormal cravings. Certainlyafter ten years of study we could say with confidence that carriers ofthe DAD2 receptor A1 allele have compromised D2 receptors. Thereforelack of D2 receptors causes individuals to have a high risk for multipleaddictive, impulsive and compulsive behavioral propensities, such assevere alcoholism, cocaine, heroin, marijuana and nicotine use, glucosebingeing, pathological gambling, sex addiction, ADHD, Tourette'sSyndrome, autism, chronic violence, posttraumatic stress disorder,schizoid/avoidant cluster, conduct disorder and antisocial behavior. Inorder to explain the breakdown of the reward cascade due to bothmultiple genes and environmental stimuli (pleiotropism) and resultantaberrant behaviors, Blum united this hypodopaminergic trait under therubric of a reward deficiency syndrome. (Reward Deficiency Syndrome: aBiogenetic Model for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Impulsive,Addictive, and Compulsive Behaviors; Blum K. et al.; Journal ofpsychoactive drugs (2000), 32 Suppl, i-iv, 1-112.) Accordingly,compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of rewarddeficiency syndrome, multiple addictive, impulsive and compulsivebehavioral propensities, such as severe alcoholism, cocaine, heroin,marijuana and nicotine use, glucose bingeing, pathological gambling, sexaddiction, ADHD, Tourette's Syndrome, autism, chronic violence,posttraumatic stress disorder, schizoid/avoidant cluster, conductdisorder and antisocial behavior. In some embodiments, compoundsprovided herein are useful for the treatment of sex addiction.

Obsessive-Compulsive Spectrum Disorders; Impulse Control Disorders;Onychophagia

The morbidity of obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders (OCSD), a groupof conditions related to obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) byphenomenological and etiological similarities, is increasinglyrecognized. Serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SRIs) have shown benefits asfirst-line, short-term treatments for body dysmorphic disorder,hypochondriasis, onychophagia, and psychogenic excoriation, with somebenefits in trichotillomania, pathological gambling, and compulsivebuying. (Obsessive-Compulsive Spectrum Disorders: a Review of theEvidence-Based Treatments. Ravindran A. V., et al., Canadian journal ofpsychiatry, (2009), 54(5), 331-43). Furthermore, impulse controldisorders such as trichotillomania (hair-pulling), pathologicalgambling, pyromania, kleptomania, and intermittent explosive disorder,as well as onychophagia (nail-biting), are treated by administering aserotonin reuptake inhibitor such as clomipramine, fluvoxamine,fluoxetine, zimelidine, and sertraline or their salts. Significantimprovement was noted with clomipramine in a 5-week trial (Method ofTreating Trichotillomania and Onychophagia, Swedo, S. E. et al., PCTInt. Appl. (1992), WO 9218005 A1 19921029). Accordingly, compoundsprovided herein are useful for the treatment of body dysmorphicdisorder, hypochondriasis, onychophagia, psychogenic excoriation,trichotillomania, pathological gambling, compulsive buying, pyromania,kleptomania, and intermittent explosive disorder. In some embodiments,compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of onychophagia.

Sleep

There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT_(2C)-receptoragonists such as compounds provided herein for treating insomnia, forincreasing slow-wave sleep, for sleep consolidation, and for treatingfragmented sleep architecture. (The Role of Dorsal Raphe NucleusSerotonergic and Non- Serotonergic Neurons, and of their Receptors, inRegulating Waking and Rapid Eye Movement (REM) Sleep; Monti, J. M.;Sleep medicine reviews (2010). 14(5), 319-27). Furthermore,5-HT_(2C)-receptor knockout mice exhibit more wakefulness and less slowwave sleep than do wild-types (Serotonin 1B and 2C Receptor Interactionsin the Modulation of Feeding Behaviour in the Mouse; Dalton, G. L. etal., Psychopharmacology (2006), 185(1), 45-57). However, the5-HT_(2C)-receptor agonist, m-chlorophenylpiperazine (mCPP) has beenshown to decrease slow-wave sleep in humans (Decreased TryptophanAvailability but Normal Post-Synaptic 5-HT2C Receptor Sensitivity inChronic Fatigue Syndronme; Vassallo, C. M. et al., Psychologicalmedicine (2001), 31(4), 585-91).

Urinary Incontinence

The serotoninergic system has been widely implicated in the control ofurinary bladder function. It has been demonstrated that preganglionicfibers and ganglionic serotoninergic neurons, expressing the 5-HT₃ and5-HT₄ receptors, and the effector smooth muscle cells, expressing 5-HT₁and 5-HT₂ receptors, are actively involved in the regulation of thebladder contractile activity in rabbits (Role of Serotonin Receptors inRegulation of Contractile Activity of Urinary Bladder in Rabbits;Lychkova, A. E. and Pavonc, L. M., Urology 2013 March; 81(3):696).Furthermore, there is support in the literature for the use of5-HT_(2C)-receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein fortreating urinary incontinence (Discovery of a Novel Azepine Series ofPotent and Selective 5-HT _(2C) Agonists as Potential Treatments forUrinary Incontinence; Brennan et al.; Bioorganic & medicinal chemistryletters (2009), 19(17), 4999-5003).

Psychiatric Disorders

There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT_(2C)-receptoragonists such as compounds provided herein for and prodrugs thereof fortreating psychiatric disorders (5-HT _(2C) Receptor Agonists as anInnovative Approach for Psychiatric Disorders; Rosenzweig-Lipson et al.,Drug news & perspectives (2007), 20(9), 565-71; and Naughton et al.,Human Psychopharmacology (2000), 15(6), 397-415).

1. Schizophrenia

The 5-HT_(2C) receptor is a highly complex, highly regulated receptorwhich is widely distributed throughout the brain. The 5-HT_(2C) receptorcouples to multiple signal transduction pathways leading to engagementof a number of intracellular signaling molecules. Moreover, there aremultiple allelic variants of the 5-HT_(2C) receptor and the receptor issubject to RNA editing in the coding regions. The complexity of thisreceptor is further emphasized by the studies suggesting the utility ofeither agonists or antagonists in the treatment of schizophrenia. Thepreclinical profile of 5-HT_(2C) agonists from a neurochemical,electrophysiological, and a behavioral perspective is indicative ofantipsychotic-like efficacy without extrapyramidal symptoms or weightgain. Recently, the selective 5-HT_(2C) agonist vabicaserin demonstratedclinical efficacy in a Phase II trial in schizophrenia patients withoutweight gain and with low extrapyramidal side effects liability. Thesedata are highly encouraging and suggest that the compounds providedherein are useful for the treatment of psychiatric disorders, such asschizophrenia (5-HT _(2C) Agonists as Therapeutics for the Treatment ofSchizophrenia. Rosenzweig-Lipson, S. et al., Handbook of ExperimentalPharmacology (2012), 213 (Novel Antischizophrenia Treatments), 147-165).

2. Eating Disorders

5-HT_(2C) receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein are usefulfor the treatment of psychiatric symptoms and behaviors in individualswith eating disorders such as, but not limited to, anorexia nervosa andbulimia nervosa. Individuals with anorexia nervosa often demonstratesocial isolation. Anorexic individuals often present symptoms of beingdepressed, anxious, obsession, perfectionistic traits, and rigidcognitive styles as well as sexual disinterest. Other eating disordersinclude, anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge eating disorder(compulsive eating) and ED-NOS (i.e., eating disorders not otherwisespecified—an official diagnosis). An individual diagnosed with ED-NOSpossess atypical eating disorders including situations in which theindividual meets all but a few of the criteria for a particulardiagnosis. What the individual is doing with regard to food and weightis neither normal nor healthy.

Alzheimer Disease

The 5-HT_(2C) receptor plays a role in Alzheimer Disease (AD).Therapeutic agents currently prescribed AD are cholinomimetic agentsthat act by inhibiting the enzyme acetylcholinesterase. The resultingeffect is increased levels of acetylcholine, which modestly improvesneuronal function and cognition in patients with AD. Although,dysfunction of cholinergic brain neurons is an early manifestation ofAD, attempts to slow the progression of the disease with these agentshave had only modest success, perhaps because the doses that can beadministered are limited by peripheral cholinergic side effects, such astremors, nausea, vomiting, and dry mouth. In addition, as AD progresses,these agents tend to lose their effectiveness due to continuedcholinergic neuronal loss.

Therefore, there is a need for agents that have beneficial effects inAD, particularly in alleviating symptoms by improving cognition andslowing or inhibiting disease progression, without the side effectsobserved with current therapies. Therefore, serotonin 5-HT_(2C)receptors, which are exclusively expressed in brain, are attractivetargets and agonists of 5-HT_(2C) receptors such as compounds providedherein are useful for the treatment of AD.

Sexual Dysfunction; Erectile Dysfunction

Another disease, disorder or condition that can is associated with thefunction of the 5-HT_(2C) receptor is erectile dysfunction (ED).Erectile dysfunction is the inability to achieve or maintain an erectionsufficiently rigid for intercourse, ejaculation, or both. An estimated20-30 million men in the United States have this condition at some timein their lives. The prevalence of the condition increases with age. Fivepercent of men 40 years of age report ED. This rate increases to between15% and 25% by the age of 65, and to 55% in men over the age of 75years.

Erectile dysfunction can result from a number of distinct problems.These include loss of desire or libido, the inability to maintain anerection, premature ejaculation, lack of emission, and inability toachieve an orgasm. Frequently, more than one of these problems presentsthemselves simultaneously. The conditions may be secondary to otherdisease states (typically chronic conditions), the result of specificdisorders of the urogenital system or endocrine system, secondary totreatment with pharmacological agents (e.g. antihypertensive drugs,antidepressant drugs, antipsychotic drugs, etc.) or the result ofpsychiatric problems. Erectile dysfunction, when organic, is primarilydue to vascular irregularities associated with atherosclerosis,diabetes, and hypertension.

There is evidence for use of a serotonin 5-HT_(2C) agonist for thetreatment of sexual dysfunction in males and females. The serotonin5-HT_(2C) receptor is involved with the processing and integration ofsensory information, regulation of central monoaminergic systems, andmodulation of neuroendocrine responses, anxiety, feeding behavior, andcerebrospinal fluid production (Tecott, L. H., et al. Nature 374:542-546 (1995)). In addition, the serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor has beenimplicated in the mediation of penile erections in rats, monkeys, andhumans. Accordingly the compounds provided herein are useful for thetreatment of sexual dysfunction and erectile dysfunction.

Seizure Disorders

Evidence suggests a role for the monoamines, norepinephrine andserotonin, in the pathophysiology of seizure disorders(Electrophysiological Assessment of Monoamine Synaptic Function inNeuronal Circuits of Seizure Susceptible Brains; Waterhouse, B. D.; LifeSciences (1986), 39(9), 807-18). Accordingly. 5-HT_(2C) receptoragonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatmentof seizure disorders.

Epilepsy is a syndrome of episodic brain dysfunction characterized byrecurrent unpredictable, spontaneous seizures. Cerebellar dysfunction isa recognized complication of temporal lobe epilepsy and it is associatedwith seizure generation, motor deficits and memory impairment. Serotoninis known to exert a modulatory action on cerebellar function through5-HT_(2C) receptors. (Down-regulation of Cerebellar 5-HT _(2C) Receptorsin Pilocarpine-Induced Epilepsy in Rats: Therapeutic Role of Bacopamonnieri Extract; Krishnakumar, A. et al. Journal of the NeurologicalSciences (2009). 284(1-2), 124-128). Mutant mice lacking functional5-HT2C-receptors are also prone to spontaneous death from seizures(Eating Disorder and Epilepsy in Mice Lacking 5-HT _(2C) SerotoninReceptors; Tecott, L. H. et al., Nature 1995 Apr. 6; 374(6522):542-6).Furthermore, in a preliminary trial of the selective serotonin reuptakeinhibitor citalopram as an add on treatment in non-depressed patientswith poorly controlled epilepsy, the median seizure frequency dropped by55.6% (The Anticonvulsant Effect of Citalopram as an Indirect Evidenceof Serotonergic Impairment in Human Epileptogenesis; Favale, E. et al.,Seizure. 2003 July; 12(5):316-8). Accordingly, 5-HT_(2C) receptoragonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatmentof epilepsy. For example, 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonists such as compoundsprovided herein, are useful for the treatment of generalizednonconvulsive epilepsy, generalized convulsive epilepsy, petit malstatus epilepticus, grand mal status epilepticus, partial epilepsy withor without impairment of consciousness, infantile spasms, or epilepsypartialis continua.

Dravet Syndrome, also known as severe myoclonic epilepsy of infancy(SMEI), is a catastrophic form of childhood epilepsy in which childrenare unresponsive to standard anti-epilepsy drugs. The average age ofdeath is 4-6 years. If patients survive beyond this age they will belikely mentally retarded. Data from case studies over twenty yearsdemonstrates that administering a low-dose of the indirectly-actingserotonin agonist fenfluramine stops patients with Dravet Syndromefitting. Accordingly, 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonists such as compoundsprovided herein, are useful for the treatment of Dravet Syndrome.

Movement Disorders

The basal ganglia are a highly interconnected group of subcorticalnuclei in the vertebrate brain that play a critical role not only in thecontrol of movements but also in some cognitive and behavioralfunctions. Several recent studies have emphasized that serotonergicpathways in the central nervous system (CNS) are intimately involved inthe modulation of the basal ganglia and in the pathophysiology of humaninvoluntary movement disorders. These observations are supported byanatomical evidence demonstrating large serotonergic innervation of thebasal ganglia. In fact, serotonergic terminals have been reported tomake synaptic contacts with dopamine (DA)-containing neurons andf-aminobutyric acid (GABA)-containing neurons in the striatum, globuspallidus, subthalamus and substantia nigra.

These brain areas contain the highest concentration of serotonin (5-HT),with the substantia nigra pars reticulata receiving the greatest input.Furthermore, in these structures a high expression of 5-HT differentreceptor subtypes has been revealed (Serotonin Involvement in the BasalGanglia Pathophysiology: Could the 5-HT _(2C) Receptor be a New Targetfor Therapeutic Strategies? Di Giovanni, G. et al. Current medicinalChemistry (2006), 13(25), 3069-81). Accordingly, 5-HT_(2C) receptoragonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatmentof movement disorders. In some embodiments, compounds provided hereinare useful for the treatment of parkisonism. In some embodiments,compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of movementdisorders associated with antipsychotic drug use.

Hypertension

In clinical trials in patients without type 2 diabetes, 2.2% of patientson BELVIQ and 1.7% of patients on placebo decreased total daily dose ofantihypertensive medications, while 2.2% and 3.0%, respectively,increased total daily dose. In patients without type 2 diabetes,numerically more patients who were treated with placebo initiateddyslipidemia and hypertension therapy as compared to those treated withBELVIQ. In patients with type 2 diabetes, 8.2% on BELVIQ and 6.0% ofpatients on placebo decreased total daily dose of antihypertensivemedications, while 6.6% and 6.3%, respectively, increased total dailydose (Effect of Lorcaserin on the Use of Concomitant Medications forDyslipidemia, Hypertension and Type 2 Diabetes during Phase 3 ClinicalTrials Assessing Weight Loss in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes; Vargas,E. et al.; Abstracts of Papers. Obesity Society 30^(th) AnnualScientific Meeting, San Antonio, Tex., Sep. 20-24, 2012, (2012), 471-P).Accordingly, 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonists such as compounds providedherein, are useful for the treatment of hypertension.

Dyslipidemia

In clinical trials in patients without type 2 diabetes, 1.3% of patientson BELVIQ and 0.7% of patients on placebo decreased the total daily doseof medications used for treatment of dyslipidemia; 2.6% and 3.4%,respectively, increased use of these medications during the trials. Inpatients without type 2 diabetes, numerically more patients who weretreated with placebo initiated dyslipidemia and hypertension therapy ascompared to those treated with BELVIQ. In patients with type 2 diabetes,5.5% of patients on BELVIQ BID and 2.4% of patients on placebo decreasedthe total daily dose of medications used for treatment of dyslipidemia;3.1% and 6.7%, respectively, increased use of these medications duringthe trials. (Effect of Lorcaserin on the Use of Concomitant Medicationsfor Dyslipidemia, Hypertension and Type 2 Diabetes during Phase 3Clinical Trials Assessing Weight Loss in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes;Vargas, E. et al.; Abstracts of Papers, Obesity Society 30^(th) AnnualScientific Meeting, San Antonio, Tex. Sep. 20-24, 2012, (2012), 471-P).Accordingly, 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonists such as compounds providedherein, are useful for the treatment of dyslipidemia.

Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease

Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease encompasses a range of liver diseases.Simple steatosis, or fatty liver, is now found in up to 31% of adultsand 16% of children. Of those with steatosis, approximately 5% willdevelop nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), in which steatosis isaccompanied by inflammation and fibrosis. Up to 25% of NASH patientswill progress to cirrhosis. NASH is the third leading indication forliver transplantation in the United States and will become the mostcommon if current trends continue. Therefore, understanding itspathogenesis and treatment is of utmost importance. Overall reductionsin body weight, through reduced-calorie intake and increased physicalactivity, are the current mainstays of NASH treatment (Dietary Treatmentof Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis; Pento, E. R., et al.; Disclosures CurrOpin Gastroenterol, 2013; 29(2):170-176). Accordingly, by virtue oftheir ability to decrease food intake and induce satiety, 5-HT_(2C)receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for thetreatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease.

Obesity-Related Renal Disease

Obesity is established as an important contributor of increased diabetesmellitus, hypertension, and cardiovascular disease, all of which canpromote chronic kidney disease. Recently, there is a growingappreciation that, even in the absence of these risks, obesity itselfsignificantly increases chronic kidney disease and accelerates itsprogression. (Scope and mechanisms of obesity-related renal disease;Hunley, T. E. et al.; Current Opinion in Nephrology & Hypertension(2010), 19(3), 227-234). Accordingly, by virtue of their ability totreat obesity, 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonists such as compounds providedherein, are useful for the treatment of obesity-related kidney disease.

Catecholamine Suppression

Administering a compound provided herein to an individual causes areduction of the individual's norepinephrine level independently ofweight-loss. 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonists such as compounds providedherein are useful for the treatment of disorders ameliorated byreduction of an individual's norepinephrine level, wherein saiddisorders include but are not limited to hypernorepinephrinemia,cardiomyopathy, cardiac hypertrophy, cardiomyocyte hypertrophy inpost-myocardial infarction remodeling, elevated heart rate,vasoconstriction, acute pulmonary vasoconstriction, hypertension, heartfailure, cardiac dysfunction after stroke, cardiac arrhythmia, metabolicsyndrome, abnormal lipid metabolism, hyperthermia, Cushing syndrome,pheochromocytoma, epilepsy, obstructive sleep apnea, insomnia, glaucoma,osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and asthma.

Also provided is a method for aiding in the cessation or lessening ofuse of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessenuse of a tobacco product comprising the step of: prescribing and/oradministering to the individual an effective amount of a compoundprovided herein. In some embodiments, aiding in the cessation of use ofa tobacco product is aiding smoking cessation, and the individualattempting to cease use of the tobacco product is an individualattempting to cease smoking.

Also provided is a method for aiding in the cessation of use of atobacco product and the prevention of associated weight gain comprisingthe step of: prescribing and/or administering an effective amount of acompound provided herein to an individual attempting to cease use of thetobacco product. In some embodiments, aiding in the cessation of use ofa tobacco product is aiding smoking cessation, and the individualattempting to cease use of the tobacco product is an individualattempting to cease smoking.

Also provided is a method for reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobaccocomprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to theindividual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for controlling weight gain associated withsmoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobaccocomprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to theindividual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for reducing weight gain associated withsmoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobaccocomprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to theindividual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of treatment for nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treatnicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal comprising the step of:prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amountof a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of reducing the likelihood of relapse use ofnicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use comprisingthe step of:

prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amountof a compound provided herein.

Methods Related to Nicotine Addiction and Smoking Cessation

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco,aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product,aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain,controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use,comprising:

selecting an individual with an initial BMI≥27 kg/m²; and

prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amountof a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof for at least one year.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco,aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product,aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain,controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use,comprising:

administering a compound selected from compounds provided herein, andsalts, solvates, and hydrates thereof to an individual;

monitoring the individual for BMI during said administration; and

discontinuing said administration if the BMI of the individual becomes<18.5 kg/m² during said administration.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco,aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product,aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain,controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use,comprising:

administering a compound selected from compounds provided herein, andsalts, solvates, and hydrates thereof to an individual with an initialBMI≤25 kg/m²;

monitoring the individual for body weight during said administration;and

discontinuing said administration if the body weight of the individualdecreases by more than about 1% during said administration.

In some embodiments, administration is discontinued if the body weightof the individual decreases by more than about 2% during saidadministration. In some embodiments, administration is discontinued ifthe body weight of the individual decreases by more than about 3% duringsaid administration. In some embodiments, administration is discontinuedif the body weight of the individual decreases by more than about 4%during said administration. In some embodiments, administration isdiscontinued if the body weight of the individual decreases by more thanabout 5% during said administration.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobaccoin an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco,aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product,aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain,controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use,comprising:

administering a compound selected from compounds provided herein, andsalts, solvates, and hydrates thereof to an individual;

monitoring the individual for body weight during said administration;and

discontinuing said administration if the body weight of the individualdecreases by more than about 1 kg during said administration.

In some embodiments, the compound is for use as an aid to smokingcessation treatment. In some embodiments, the compound is for use as anaid for cessation of cigarette smoking. In some embodiments, thecompound is for use as an aid to smoking cessation treatment and theprevention of associated weight gain. In some embodiments, the compoundis for use as a weight-neutral intervention for smoking cessation. Insome embodiments, the weight gain occurs during smoking cessation. Insome embodiments, the weight gain occurs post-smoking cessation.

Any embodiment of the invention directed to smoking cessation or thecessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product can be adapted to thecessation or lessening of use of nicotine administration from any andall sources or any individual source, including tobacco products (orspecific examples thereof), tobacco replacement therapy (or specificexamples thereof), and/or any electronic nicotine delivery system (e.g.,electronic cigarettes or personal vaporizers) The present inventionspecifically embraces all such embodiments.

In some embodiments, prior to administration of the compound selectedfrom compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof, the individual smokes ≥10 cigarettes per day. In someembodiments, prior to administration of the compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof,the individual smokes 11-20 cigarettes per day. In some embodiments,prior to administration of the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof, the individual smokes21-30 cigarettes per day. In some embodiments, prior to administrationof the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof, the individual smokes ≥31 cigarettes perday.

In some embodiments, the individual has an initial BMI selected from oneof the following: ≥24 kg/m², ≥23 kg/m², ≥22.5 kg/m², ≥22 kg/m², ≥21kg/m², ≥20 kg/m², ≥19 kg/m², or ≥18.5 kg/m². In some embodiments, priorto administration, the individual has an initial BMI≥23 kg/m². In someembodiments, prior to administration, the individual has an initialBMI≥22.5 kg/m². In some embodiments, prior to administration, theindividual has an initial BMI≥22 kg/m². In some embodiments, prior toadministration, the individual has an initial BMI≥18.5 kg/m². In someembodiments, prior to administration, the individual has an initialBMI≥18 kg/m². In some embodiments, prior to administration, theindividual has an initial BMI≥17.5 kg/m². In some embodiments, prior toadministration, the individual has an initial body mass index ≥25 kg/m²and at least one weight-related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, prior to administration, the individual has aninitial body mass index ≥27 kg/m². In some embodiments, prior toadministration, the individual has an initial body mass index ≥27 kg/m²and at least one weight-related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight-related comorbid condition is selectedfrom: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucoseintolerance and sleep apnea. In some embodiments, the weight-relatedcomorbid condition is selected from: hypertension, dyslipidemia, andtype 2 diabetes.

In some embodiments, prior to administration, the individual has aninitial body mass index ≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the initial BMI of the individual prior toadministration is 18.5 to 25 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual is suffering from depression priorto being administered the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

In some embodiments, the individual is suffering from a preexistingpsychiatric disease prior to being administered the compound selectedfrom compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof.

In some embodiments, the preexisting psychiatric disease is chosen fromschizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or major depressive disorder.

In some embodiments, individuals are assessed for nicotine dependencebased on the Fagerström score. In some embodiments, the individual has ascore of 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, the individual has a score of3 or 4. In some embodiments, the individual has a score of 5. In someembodiments, the individual has a score of 6 or 7. In some embodiments,the individual has a score of 8, 9, or 10. In some embodiments, theindividual has a score ≥3. In some embodiments, the individual has ascore ≥5. In some embodiments, the individual has a score ≥6. In someembodiments, the individual has a score ≥8.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of 0, 1, or 2and a BMI<25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerströmscore of 0, 1, or 2 and a BMI≥25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². In someembodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of 0, 1, or 2 and aBMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of 3 or 4 anda BMI<25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerströmscore of 3 or 4 and a BMI 25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². In some embodiments,the individual has a Fagerström score of 3 or 4 and a BMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of 5 and aBMI≤25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström scoreof 5 and a BMI≥25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². In some embodiments, theindividual has a Fagerström score of 5 and a BMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of 6 or 7 anda BMI<25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerströmscore of 6 or 7 and a BMI≥25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². In some embodiments,the individual has a Fagerström score of 6 or 7 and a BMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of 8, 9, or10 and a BMI<25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has aFagerström score of 8, 9, or 10 and a BMI≥25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². Insome embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of 8, 9, or 10and a BMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of ≥3 and aBMI<25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström scoreof ≥3 and a BMI≥25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². In some embodiments, theindividual has a Fagerström score of ≥3 and a BMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of ≥5 and aBMI<25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström scoreof ≥5 and a BMI≥25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². In some embodiments, theindividual has a Fagerström score of ≥5 and a BMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of ≥6 and aBMI<25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström scoreof ≥6 and a BMI≥25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². In some embodiments, theindividual has a Fagerström score of ≥6 and a BMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström score of ≥8 and aBMI<25 kg/m². In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerström scoreof ≥8 and a BMI≥25 kg/m² and <30 kg/m². In some embodiments, theindividual has a Fagerström score of ≥8 and a BMI≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, a questionnaire is used to evaluate symptomsexperienced during quit, such as the urge to smoke, withdrawal, orreinforcing effects. In some embodiments, the questionnaire is selectedfrom: the Minnesota Nicotine Withdrawal Score (MNWS), BriefQuestionnaire of Smoking Urges (QSU-Brief), McNett Coping EffectivenessQuestionnaire (mCEQ), Three-Factor Eating Questionnaire (TFEQ), and FoodCraving Inventory (FCI).

In some embodiments, the nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal results from the use of tobacco products. In someembodiments, the nicotine dependency, addiction, and/or withdrawalresults from cigarette smoking.

In some embodiments, the nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal results from the use of nicotine replacement therapies.

In some embodiments, the individual is first administered the compoundselected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof on the target quit day. In some embodiments, theindividual is administered the compound at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, or 35 days prior to the target quit day.In some embodiments, the individual is administered the compound atleast 7 days prior to the target quit day. In some embodiments, theindividual is administered the compound about 7 to about 35 days priorto the target quit day. In some embodiments, the individual isadministered the compound at least 14 days prior to the target quit day.In some embodiments, the individual is administered the compound about14 to about 35 days prior to the target quit day.

In some embodiments, the individual quits smoking between days 8 and 35of treatment. In some embodiments, the individual quits smoking betweendays 15 and 35 of treatment. In some embodiments, the individual quitssmoking between days 22 and 35 of treatment. In some embodiments, theindividual quits smoking on day 8 of treatment. In some embodiments, theindividual quits smoking on day 15 of treatment. In some embodiments,the individual quits smoking on day 22 of treatment.

In some embodiments, prior to administering the compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof,the method further comprises the step of: instructing the individual toset a date to cease smoking tobacco. In some embodiments, administrationof the compound is initiated about 7 days prior to the date set to ceasesmoking tobacco.

In some embodiments, after administering the compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof,the method further comprises the step of: instructing the individual toset a date to cease smoking tobacco. In some embodiments, the date setto cease smoking tobacco occurs after at least 7 days of administrationof the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof. In some embodiments, the date set tocease smoking tobacco occurs prior to 35 days of administration of thecompound.

In some embodiments, the individual previously attempted to ceasesmoking tobacco but did not succeed in ceasing smoking tobacco. In someembodiments, the individual previously attempted to cease smokingtobacco but subsequently relapsed and resumed smoking tobacco.

In some embodiments, the administration leads to a statisticallysignificant improvement in the ability to tolerate the cessation ofsmoking as measured by analysis of data from the MPSS test.

In some embodiments, the individual has abstained from nicotine use for12 weeks prior to prescribing and/or administering the compound selectedfrom compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof.

In some embodiments, the individual has abstained from nicotine use for24 weeks prior to prescribing and/or administering the compound selectedfrom compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof.

In some embodiments, the individual has abstained from nicotine use for9 months prior to prescribing and/or administering the compound selectedfrom compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof.

In some embodiments, the individual has abstained from nicotine use for52 weeks prior to prescribing and/or administering the compound selectedfrom compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydratesthereof.

In some embodiments, abstinence is self-reported. In some embodiments,the self-reporting based on response to a questionnaire. In someembodiments, the questionnaire is a Nicotine Use Inventory. In someembodiments, an individual self-reports as not having smoking anycigarettes (even a puff). In some embodiments, the individualself-reports as not having used any other nicotine-containing products.In some embodiments, the individual self-reports as not having smokingany cigarettes (even a puff) and not having used any othernicotine-containing products.

In some embodiments, the duration of treatment is selected from: 12weeks, 6 months, 9 months, 1 year, 18 months, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years,and 5 years.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof is administered for atleast about 2 weeks. In some embodiments, the compound is administeredfor at least about 4 weeks. In some embodiments, the compound isadministered for at least about 8 weeks. In some embodiments, thecompound is administered for at least about 12 weeks. In someembodiments, the compound is administered for at least about 6 months.In some embodiments, the compound is administered for at least about 1year. In some embodiments, the compound is administered for at leastabout 2 years. In some embodiments, the compound is administered forbetween about 7 weeks to about 12 weeks. In some embodiments, thecompound is administered for between about 12 weeks to about 52 weeks.In some embodiments, the compound is administered for between about 6months to about 1 year.

In some embodiments, the individual receives treatment for a firsttreatment period. In some embodiments, the individual receives treatmentfor an additional treatment period, e.g., to increase the likelihood oflong-term abstinence. In some embodiments, an individual who fails in afirst treatment period is administered the compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereofoptionally in combination with a supplemental agent for a secondtreatment period. In some embodiments, an individual who relapses duringa first treatment is administered the compound selected from compoundsprovided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof optionally incombination with a supplemental agent for a second treatment period. Insome embodiments, an individual who relapses following a first treatmentis administered the compound selected from compounds provided herein,and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof optionally in combination witha supplemental agent for a second treatment period. In some embodiments,the first treatment period is 12 weeks. In some embodiments, the secondtreatment period is 12 weeks or less. In some embodiments, the secondtreatment period is 12 weeks. In some embodiments, the second treatmentperiod is more than 12 weeks. In some embodiments, the first treatmentperiod is one year. In some embodiments, the second treatment period isone year or less. In some embodiments, the second treatment period isone year. In some embodiments, the first treatment period is longer thanthe second treatment period. In some embodiments, the first treatmentperiod is shorter than the second treatment period. In some embodiments,the first treatment period and the second period are of the same lengthof time.

In some embodiments, the prevention or reduction of weight gain, orinducement of weight loss, is measured relative to the amount of weightgain or loss typically experienced when an individual attempts smokingcessation. In some embodiments, the prevention or reduction of weightgain, or inducement of weight loss, is measured relative the amount ofweight gain or loss typically experienced when an individual attemptssmoking cessation with another drug.

In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises preventing weightgain. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises inducingweight loss. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprisesinducing weight loss of at least about 0.5%, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3%,3.5%, 4%, 4.5%. 5%, 6%, 7%. 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%. 14%. 15%, 16%,17%, 18%, 19%, or 20%. In some embodiments, the weight loss is at least1%. In some embodiments, the weight loss is at least 1.5%. In someembodiments, the weight loss is at least about 2%. In some embodiments,the weight loss is at least 3%. In some embodiments, the weight loss isat least 4%. In some embodiments, the weight loss is at least 5%. Insome embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises decreasing BMI. Insome embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises decreasing inpercent body fat. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprisesdecreasing waist circumference. In some embodiments, controlling weightgain comprises decreasing BMI by at least about 0.25, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2,2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,19, or 20 kg/m². In some embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 1kg/m². In some embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 1.5 kg/m². Insome embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 2 kg/m². In someembodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 2.5 kg/m². In someembodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 5 kg/m². In some embodiments,BMI is decreased by at least 10 kg/m². In some embodiments, controllingweight gain comprises decreasing percent body fat by at least about0.5%, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3%, 3.5%, 4%, 4.5%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%,11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, or 20%. In someembodiments, the decrease in percent body fat is at least 1%. In someembodiments, the decrease in percent body fat is at least 2.5%. In someembodiments, the decrease in percent body fat is at least 5%. In someembodiments, controlling weight gain comprises decreasing waistcircumference by at least about 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5,6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 cm. In some embodiments, the decrease in waistcircumference is at least 1 cm. In some embodiments, the decrease inwaist circumference is at least 2.5 cm. In some embodiments, thedecrease in waist circumference is at least 5 cm. In some embodiments,controlling weight gain comprises decreasing body weight by at leastabout 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 kg. Insome embodiments, the decrease in body weight is at least 1 kg. In someembodiments, the decrease in body weight is at least 2.5 kg. In someembodiments, the decrease in body weight is at least 5 kg.

In some embodiments, the BMI of the individual becomes a BMI selectedfrom one of the following: ≥18 kg/m², ≥17.5 kg/m², ≥17 kg/m², ≥16 kg/m²,and ≥15 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is selected from one ofthe following: more than about 1.5%, more than about 2%, more than about2.5%, more than about 3%, more than about 3.5%, more than about 4%, morethan about 4.5%, and more than about 5%.

In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is selected from one ofthe following: more than about 1.5 kg, more than about 2 kg, more thanabout 2.5 kg, more than about 3 kg, more than about 3.5 kg, more thanabout 4 kg, more than about 4.5 kg, and more than about 5 kg.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of treatment has a BMIselected from: ≥25 kg/m², ≥24 kg/m², ≥23 kg/m², ≥22 kg/m², ≥21 kg/m²,≥20 kg/m², ≥19 kg/m², and ≥18.5 kg/m². In some embodiments, BMI is notdecreased by more than about 0.25, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5,5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 kg/m². Insome embodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 1 kg/m². In someembodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 1.5 kg/m². In someembodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 2 kg/m². In someembodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 2.5 kg/m². In someembodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 5 kg/m². In someembodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 10 kg/m². In someembodiments, percent body fat is not decreased by more than about 0.5%,1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3%, 3.5%, 4%, 4.5%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%,12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, or 20%. In some embodiments,percent body fat is not decreased by more than 1%. In some embodiments,percent body fat is not decreased by more than 2.5%. In someembodiments, percent body fat is not decreased by more than 5%. In someembodiments, waist circumference is not decreased by more than about0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 cm. In someembodiments, waist circumference is not decreased by more than 1 cm. Insome embodiments, waist circumference is not decreased by more than 2.5cm. In some embodiments, waist circumference is not decreased by morethan 5 cm. In some embodiments, body weight is not decreased by morethan about 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 kg.In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is not more than 1 kg.In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is not more than 2.5kg. In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is not more than 5kg.

In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises maintaining atleast some weight loss for at least about 12 weeks, at least about 6months, at least about 9 months, at least about one year, at least about18 months, or at least about two years. For example, in someembodiments, an individual loses 5 kg during a first treatment andmaintains at least 1 kg of that weight loss during a second treatment.In some embodiments, an individual loses 3 kg during the first 12 weeksof a treatment, and loses a total of 5 kg after one year of thetreatment.

In some embodiments, use of the compound selected from compoundsprovided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof isdiscontinued. For example, in some embodiments, use of the compoundselected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof is discontinued if the BMI of an individual becomes ≤about 15 kg/m², ≤ about 15.5 kg/m², ≤ about 16 kg/m², ≤ about 16.5kg/m², ≤ about 17 kg/m², ≤ about 17.5 kg/m², about 18 kg/m², ≤ about18.5 kg/m², ≤ about 19 kg/m², ≤ about 19.5 kg/m²≤ about 20 kg/m², ≤about 20.5 kg/m², ≤ about 21 kg/m², ≤ about 21.5 kg/m², ≤ about 22kg/m², ≤ about 22.5 kg/m², or ≤ about 23 kg/m.

In some embodiments, the individual experiences one or more additionalbeneficial effects as a result of the administration of the compoundselected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof, optionally in combination with at least onesupplemental agent, as described herein.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effects arechosen from a decrease in an assessment of weight, an improvement incardiovascular indications, and/or an improved glycemia. In someembodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effects are chosenfrom a decrease in an assessment of weight, an improvement incardiovascular indications, and/or an improved lipidemia.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effectscomprise a decrease in an assessment of weight. In some embodiments, thedecrease in an assessment of weight comprises weight loss. In someembodiments, the one or more beneficial effects comprises a decrease inhunger, a decrease in food cravings, or an increase in intermealinterval.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effectscomprise an improvement in one or more cardiovascular indications. Insome embodiments, the improvement in one or more cardiovascularindications comprises one or more of a reduction in systolic anddiastolic blood pressure (SBP and DBP, respectively), a decrease inheart rate, a decrease in total cholesterol, a decrease in LDLcholesterol, a decrease in HDL cholesterol, and/or a decrease intriglyceride levels.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effectscomprise a reduction in SBP. In some embodiments, the reduction in SBPin an individual without type 2 diabetes is at least about 2 mmHg. Insome embodiments, the reduction in SBP in an individual without type 2diabetes is between 2 and 5 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction inSBP in an individual with type 2 diabetes is at least about 2 mmHg. Insome embodiments, the reduction in SBP in an individual with type 2diabetes is between about 2 and 5 mmHg. In some embodiments, thereduction in SBP in an individual with baseline impaired fasting glucoseis at least about 1 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in SBP inan individual with baseline impaired fasting glucose is between about 1and 5 mmHg.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effectscomprise a reduction in DBP. In some embodiments, the reduction in DBPin an individual without type 2 diabetes is at least about 1 mmHg. Insome embodiments, the reduction in DBP in an individual without type 2diabetes is at least between about 1 and 5 mmHg. In some embodiments,the reduction in DBP in an individual with type 2 diabetes is at leastabout 1 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in DBP in an individualwith type 2 diabetes is between about 1 and 5 mmHg. In some embodiments,the reduction in DBP in an individual with baseline impaired fastingglucose is at least about 1 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction inDBP in an individual with baseline impaired fasting glucose is betweenabout 1 and 5 mmHg.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effectscomprise a reduction in heart rate. In some embodiments, the reductionin heart rate in an individual without type 2 diabetes is at least about2 BPM. In some embodiments, the reduction in heart rate in an individualwithout type 2 diabetes is between about 2 and 5 BPM. In someembodiments, the reduction in heart rate in an individual with type 2diabetes is at least about 2 BPM. In some embodiments, the reduction inheart rate in an individual with type 2 diabetes is between about 2 and5 BPM. In some embodiments, the reduction in heart rate in an individualwith baseline impaired fasting glucose is at least about 2 BPM. In someembodiments, the reduction in heart rate in an individual with baselineimpaired fasting glucose is between about 2 and 5 BPM.

In some embodiments, the improvement in lipidemia comprises a decreasein total cholesterol level. In some embodiments, the decrease in totalcholesterol level in individuals without type 2 diabetes is at leastabout 1 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in total cholesterollevel in individuals without type 2 diabetes is between about 1.5 and 2mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in total cholesterol level inindividuals with type 2 diabetes is at least about 0.5 mg/dL. In someembodiments, the decrease in total cholesterol level in individuals withtype 2 diabetes is between about 0.5 and 1 mg/dL. In some embodiments,the decrease in total cholesterol level in individuals with baselineimpaired fasting glucose is at least about 2 mg/dL. In some embodiments,the decrease in total cholesterol level in individuals with baselineimpaired fasting glucose is between about 2 and 3 mg/dL.

In some embodiments, the improvement in lipidemia comprises a decreasein LDL cholesterol level. In some embodiments, the decrease in LDLcholesterol level in individuals without type 2 diabetes is at leastabout 1 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in LDL cholesterollevel in individuals without type 2 diabetes is between about 1 and 2mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in LDL cholesterol level inindividuals with type 2 diabetes is at least about 1 mg/dL. In someembodiments, the decrease in LDL cholesterol level in individuals withtype 2 diabetes is between about 1 and 1.5 mg/dL. In some embodiments,the decrease in LDL cholesterol level in individuals with baselineimpaired fasting glucose is at least about 2 mg/dL. In some embodiments,the decrease in LDL cholesterol level in individuals with baselineimpaired fasting glucose is between about 2 and 3 mg/dL.

In some embodiments, the improvement in lipidemia comprises a decreasein HDL cholesterol level. In some embodiments, the decrease in HDLcholesterol level in individuals without type 2 diabetes is at leastabout 4 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in HDL cholesterollevel in individuals without type 2 diabetes is between about 3 and 6mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in HDL cholesterol level inindividuals with type 2 diabetes is at least about 5 mg/dL. In someembodiments, the decrease in HDL cholesterol level in individuals withtype 2 diabetes is between about 7 and 10 mg/dL. In some embodiments,the decrease in HDL cholesterol level in individuals with baselineimpaired fasting glucose is at least about 2 mg/dL. In some embodiments,the decrease in HDL cholesterol level in individuals with baselineimpaired fasting glucose is between about 2 and 3 mg/dL.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effectscomprise an improvement in glycemia. In some embodiments, theimprovement in glycemia comprises a reduction in fasting plasma glucoseand/or a reduction in glycated hemoglobin (A1C) levels. In someembodiments, the improvement in glycemia comprises a reduction infasting plasma glucose. In some embodiments, the improvement in glycemiacomprises a reduction in glycated hemoglobin (A1C) levels. In someembodiments, the improvement in glycemia comprises a decrease intriglyceride levels.

The compounds provided herein can be administered in a wide variety ofdosage forms.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof is administered in atablet suitable for oral administration.

In some embodiments, the active ingredient is formulated as animmediate-release dosage form using, e.g., techniques known in the art.In some embodiments, the active ingredient is formulated as amodified-release dosage form using, e.g., techniques known in the art.In some embodiments, the active ingredient is formulated as asustained-release dosage form using. e.g., techniques known in the art.In some embodiments, the active ingredient is formulated as adelayed-release dosage form using, e.g., techniques known in the art.

In some embodiments, the method comprises a plurality of administrationsof the modified-release dosage form, with a frequency wherein theaverage interval between any two sequential administrations is: at leastabout 24 hours; or about 24 hours.

In some embodiments, the method comprises a plurality of administrationsof the modified-release dosage form, and the modified-release dosageform is administered once-a-day.

In some embodiments, the plurality of administrations is: at least about30: at least about 180; at least about 365; or at least about 730.

Combination Therapy

A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydratethereof can be administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent(i.e., mono-therapy), or it can be used in combination with one or moreweight loss drug either administered together or separately. Providedare methods for weight management, inducing satiety, decreasing foodintake, aiding smoking cessation, and for preventing and treatingobesity, antipsychotic-induced weight gain, type 2 diabetes,Prader-Willi syndrome, tobacco dependence, nicotine dependence, drugaddiction, alcohol addiction, pathological gambling, reward deficiencysyndrome, sex addiction, obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders,impulse control disorders, nail-biting, onychophagia, sleep disorders,insomnia, fragmented sleep architecture, disturbances of slow-wavesleep, urinary incontinence, psychiatric disorders, schizophrenia,anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, Alzheimer disease, sexualdysfunction, erectile dysfunction, epilepsy, movement disorder,parkinsonism, antipsychotic-induced movement disorder, hypertension,dyslipidemia, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, obesity-related renaldisease, and sleep apnea, comprising administering to an individual inneed thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound describedherein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as describedherein.

Also provided are methods for decreasing food intake in an individual inneed thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for inducing satiety in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with oneor more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of obesity in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for the prevention of obesity in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for weight management in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with oneor more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for preventing type 2 diabetes in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

When a compound disclosed herein is administered as a combinationtherapy with a weight loss drug the compound and the weight loss drugcan be formulated as separate pharmaceutical compositions given at thesame time or at different times; or the compound disclosed herein andthe pharmaceutical agent can be formulated together as a single unitdosage.

Provided are the compounds described herein for use in combination witha weight loss drug for use in a method of treatment of the human oranimal body by therapy.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combinationwith a weight loss drug for weight management, inducing satiety,decreasing food intake, aiding smoking cessation, and for preventing andtreating obesity, antipsychotic-induced weight gain, type 2 diabetes,Prader-Willi syndrome, addiction, tobacco dependence, nicotinedependence, drug addiction, alcohol addiction, pathological gambling,reward deficiency syndrome, sex addiction, obsessive-compulsive spectrumdisorders, impulse control disorders, nail-biting, onychophagia, sleepdisorders, insomnia, fragmented sleep architecture, disturbances ofslow-wave sleep, urinary incontinence, psychiatric disorders,schizophrenia, anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, Alzheimer disease,sexual dysfunction, erectile dysfunction, epilepsy, movement disorder,parkinsonism, antipsychotic-induced movement disorder, hypertension,dyslipidemia, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, obesity-related renaldisease, and sleep apnea, comprising administering to an individual inneed thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound describedherein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as describedherein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combinationwith a weight loss drug for decreasing food intake in an individual inneed thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combinationwith a weight loss drug for inducing satiety in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with oneor more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combinationwith a weight loss drug for the treatment of obesity in an individual inneed thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combinationwith a weight loss drug for the prevention of obesity in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combinationwith a weight loss drug for weight management in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with oneor more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combinationwith a weight loss drug for treating type 2 diabetes in an individual inneed thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combinationwith a weight loss drug for preventing type 2 diabetes in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

In some embodiments, the compound described herein and the weight lossdrug are administered simultaneously.

In some embodiments, the compound described herein and the weight lossdrug are administered separately.

In some embodiments, the compound described herein and the weight lossdrug are administered sequentially.

In some embodiments, the weight loss drug chosen from sodium/glucosecotransporter-2 (SGLT2) inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, monoaminereuptake inhibitors, anticonvulsants, glucose sensitizers, incretinmimetics, amylin analogs, GLP-1 analogs, Y receptor peptides, 5-HT_(2C)receptor agonists, opioid receptor antagonists, appetite suppressants,anorectics, and hormones and the like, either specifically disclosedherein or specifically disclosed in any reference recited herein just asif each and every combination was individually and explicitly recited.In some embodiments, the weight loss drug is chosen from dapagliflozin,canagliflozin, ipragliflozin, tofogliflozin, empagliflozin,remogliflozin etabonate, orlistat, ectilistat, alaproelatc, citalopram,dapoxetine, escitalopram, femoxetine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine,ifoxetine, indalpine, omiloxetine, panuramine, paroxetine, pirandamine,sertraline, zimelidine, desmethylcitalopram, desmethylsertraline,didesmethylcitalopram, seproxetine, cianopramine, litoxetine,lubazodone, trazodone, vilazodone, vortioxetine, dextromethorphan,dimenhydrinate, diphenhydramine, mepyramine, pyrilamine, methadone,propoxyphene, mesembrine, roxindole, amedalin, tomoxetine, daledalin,edivoxetine, esreboxetine, lortalamine, mazindol, nisoxetine,reboxetine, talopram, talsupram, tandamine, viloxazine, maprotiline,bupropion, ciclazindol, manifaxine, radafaxine, tapentadol,teniloxazine, Ginkgo biloba, altropane, difluoropine, iometopane,vanoxcrine, medifoxamine, Chaenomeles speciosa, hyperforin,adhyperforin, bupropion, pramipexole, cabergoline, venlafaxine,desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran, levomilnacipran, bicifadine,amineptine, desoxypipradrol, dexmethylphenidate, difemetorex,diphenylprolinol, ethylphenidate, fencamfamine, fencamine, lefetamine,mesocarb, methylenedioxypyrovalerone, methylphenidate, nomifensine,oxolinic acid, pipradrol, prolintane, pyrovalerone, tametraline,nefopam, amitifadine, tesofensine, tedatioxetine, bicifadine,brasofensine, diclofensine, taxil, naphyrone, hyperforin, topiramate,zonisamide, metformin, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone,exenatide, liraglutide, taspoglutide, obinepitide, pramlintide, peptideYY, vabicaserin, naltrexone, naloxone, phentermine, diethylpropion,oxymetazoline, benfluorex, butenolide cathine, phenmetrazine,phenylpropanolamine, pyroglutamyl-histidyl-glycine, amphetamine,benzphetamine, dexmethylphenidate, dextroamphetamine,methylenedioxypyrovalerone, glucagon, lisdexamfetamine, methamphetamine,methylphenidate, phendimetrazine, phenethylamine, caffeine,bromocriptine, ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, rimonabant, surinabant,mirtazapine, Dietex®, MG Plus Protein™, insulin, and leptin andpharmaceutically acceptable salts and combinations thereof. In someembodiments, the weight loss drug is phentermine.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgicalweight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises areduced-calorie diet.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a programof regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the individual has an initial body mass index ≥25kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has an initial body mass index ≥27kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual has at least one weight relatedcomorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight related comorbid condition is selectedfrom: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucoseintolerance and sleep apnea.

In some embodiments, the weight related comorbid condition is selectedfrom: hypertension, dyslipidemia, and type 2 diabetes.

In some embodiments, the individual has an initial body mass index ≥30kg/m².

Also provided are methods for treating type 2 diabetes in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, incombination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Representative Methods

Provided are methods for decreasing food intake in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for inducing satiety in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of obesity in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the prevention of obesity in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for weight management in an individual in needthereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound provided herein.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgicalweight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgicalweight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises weight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises maintenance ofweight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises areduced-calorie diet.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a programof regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises both areduced-calorie diel and a program of regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is anobese patient with an initial body mass index ≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is anoverweight patient with an initial body mass index ≥27 kg/m² in thepresence of at least one weight related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight related co-morbid condition is selectedfrom: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucoseintolerance and sleep apnea.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of antipsychotic-inducedweight gain in an individual in need thereof, comprising administeringto said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided hereincombination with one or more type 2 diabetes medications.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetestreatments is reduced.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetestreatments is eliminated.

Also provided are methods for the prevention of type 2 diabetes in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of Prader-Willi syndrome inan individual in need thereof, comprising administering to saidindividual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound providedherein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of addiction m an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of drug and alcoholaddiction in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering tosaid individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of alcohol addiction in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of drug addiction in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

In some embodiments, the drug is selected from amphetamine, asubstituted amphetamine, a benzodiazepine, an atypical benzodiazepinereceptor ligand, marijuana, cocaine, dextromethorphan, GHB, LSD,ketamine, a monoamine reuptake inhibitor, nicotine, an opiate, PCP, asubstituted phenethylamine, psilocybin, and an anabolic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is nicotine.

In some embodiments, the drug is amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is methamphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a benzodiazepine.

In some embodiments, the drug is an atypical benzodiazepine receptorligand.

In some embodiments, the drug is marijuana.

In some embodiments, the drug is cocaine.

In some embodiments, the drug is dextromethorphan.

In some embodiments, the drug is cszopiclone.

In some embodiments, the drug is GHB.

In some embodiments, the drug is LSD.

In some embodiments, the drug is ketamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a monoamine reuptake inhibitor.

In some embodiments, the drug is an opiate.

In some embodiments, the drug is PCP.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted phenethylamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is psilocybin.

In some embodiments, the drug is an anabolic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is zolpidem.

Also provided are methods for aiding smoking cessation in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of tobacco dependence in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of nicotine dependence in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of alcoholism in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of pathological gambling inan individual in need thereof, comprising administering to saidindividual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound providedherein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of reward deficiencysyndrome in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering tosaid individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of sex addiction in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of an obsessive compulsivespectrum disorder in an individual in need thereof, comprisingadministering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of acompound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of an impulse controldisorder in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering tosaid individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of nail-biting in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of onychophagia in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of a sleep disorder in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of insomnia in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of fragmented sleeparchitecture in an individual in need thereof, comprising administeringto said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of disturbances of slow-wavesleep in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to saidindividual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound providedherein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of urinary incontinence inan individual in need thereof, comprising administering to saidindividual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound providedherein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of a psychiatric disorder inan individual in need thereof, comprising administering to saidindividual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound providedherein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of schizophrenia in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of anorexia nervosa in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of bulimia nervosa in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of Alzheimer disease in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of sexual dysfunction in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of erectile dysfunction inan individual in need thereof, comprising administering to saidindividual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound providedherein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of a seizure disorder in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of epilepsy in an individualin need thereof, comprising administering to said individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of Dravet syndrome in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of a movement disorder in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of parkinsonism in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of antipsychotic-inducedmovement disorder in an individual in need thereof, comprisingadministering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of acompound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of hypertension in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of dyslipidemia in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liverdisease in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering tosaid individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of obesity-related renaldisease in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering tosaid individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundprovided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of sleep apnea in anindividual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individuala therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for decreasing food intake.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for inducing satiety of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of obesity.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the prevention of obesity.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for weight management.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgicalweight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises weight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises maintenance ofweight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises areduced-caloric diet.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a programof regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises both areduced-calorie diet and a program of regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is anobese patient with an initial body mass index ≥30 kg/m².

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is anoverweight patient with an initial body mass index ≥27 kg/m² in thepresence of at least one weight related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight related co-morbid condition is selectedfrom: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucoseintolerance and sleep apnea.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of antipsychotic-induced weight gain.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in combination withone or more type 2 diabetes medications.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetestreatments is reduced.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetestreatments is eliminated.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the prevention of type 2 diabetes.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of Prader-Willi syndrome.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of addiction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of drug and alcohol addiction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of alcohol addiction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of drug addiction.

In some embodiments, the drug is selected from amphetamine, asubstituted amphetamine, a benzodiazepine, an atypical benzodiazepinereceptor ligand, marijuana, cocaine, dextromethorphan, GHB, LSD,ketamine, a monoamine reuptake inhibitor, nicotine, an opiate, PCP, asubstituted phenethylamine, psilocybin, and an anabolic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is nicotine.

In some embodiments, the drug is amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is methamphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a benzodiazepine.

In some embodiments, the drug is an atypical benzodiazepine receptorligand.

In some embodiments, the drug is marijuana.

In some embodiments, the drug is cocaine.

In some embodiments, the drug is dextromethorphan.

In some embodiments, the drug is eszopiclone.

In some embodiments, the drug is GHB.

In some embodiments, the drug is LSD.

In some embodiments, the drug is ketamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a monoamine reuptake inhibitor.

In some embodiments, the drug is an opiate.

In some embodiments, the drug is PCP.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted phenethylamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is psilocybin.

In some embodiments, the drug is an anabolic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is zolpidem.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for aiding smoking cessation.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of tobacco dependence.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of nicotine dependence.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of alcoholism.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of pathological gambling.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of reward deficiency syndrome.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of sex addiction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of an obsessive-compulsive spectrumdisorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of an impulse control disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of nail-biting.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of onychophagia.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of a sleep disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of insomnia.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of fragmented sleep architecture.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of disturbances of slow-wave sleep.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of urinary incontinence.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of a psychiatric disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of schizophrenia.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of anorexia nervosa.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of bulimia nervosa.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of Alzheimer disease.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of erectile dysfunction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of a seizure disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of epilepsy.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of Dravet syndrome.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of a movement disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of parkinsonism.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of antipsychotic-induced movementdisorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of hypertension.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of dyslipidemia.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of obesity-related renal disease.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufactureof a medicament for the treatment of sleep apnea.

In some embodiments, the individual is also being prescribed and/oradministered a supplemental agent.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andat least one supplemental agent.

As used herein, “supplemental agent” refers to an additional therapeuticagent which complements the activity of the 5-HT_(2C) agonists describedherein as it relates to methods for reducing the frequency of smokingtobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smokingtobacco; aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobaccoproduct in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobaccoproduct; aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weightgain; controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco; treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use. In someembodiments, the “supplemental agent” is not phentermine.

Supplemental agents include nicotine replacement therapies,antidepressants and anxiolytics such as selective serotonin reuptakeinhibitors, e.g., citalopram, escitalopram, fluoxetine, paroxetine,sertraline, and the like. Serotonin and norepinephrine reuptakeinhibitors, such as duloxetine, venlafaxine, and the like may also beused. Norepinephrine and dopamine reuptake inhibitors such as bupropionmay also be used. Tetracyclic antidepressants such as mirtazapine;combined reuptake inhibitors and receptor blockers such as trazodone,nefazodone, maprotiline: tricyclic antidepressants, such asamitriptyline, amoxapine, desipramine, doxepin, imipramine,nortriptyline, protriptyline and trimipramine; monoamine oxidaseinhibitors, such as phenelzine, tranylcypromine, isocarboxazid,selegiline; benzodiazepines such as lorazepam, clonazepam, alprazolam,and diazepam; serotonin 1A receptor agonists such as buspirone,aripiprazole, quetiapine, tandospirone and bifeprunox; and abeta-adrenergic receptor blocker, such as propranolol may also be used.Other supplemental agents include other pharmacologic agents such asUTP, amiloride, antibiotics, bronchodilators, anti-inflammatory agents,and mucolytics (e.g., n-acetyl-cysteine).

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is chosen from nicotinereplacement therapies. In some embodiments, the nicotine replacementtherapy is chosen from nicotine gum, nicotine transdermal systems,nicotine lozenges, nicotine microtabs, and nicotine sprays or inhalers.In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is an electronic cigarette.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nicotine gum, and thecomposition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andnicotine gum.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is a nicotine transdermalsystem, and the composition is a composition comprising a compoundselected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof and a nicotine transdermal system.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nicotine lozenges, andthe composition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andnicotine lozenges.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nicotine microtabs, andthe composition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andnicotine microtabs.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nicotine sprays orinhalers, and the composition is a composition comprising a compoundselected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof and nicotine sprays or inhalers.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is an electronic cigarette,and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andan electronic cigarette.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is chosen fromantidepressants, and the composition is a composition comprising acompound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates,and hydrates thereof and a supplemental agent chosen fromantidepressants.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is an antidepressant, andthe composition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andan antidepressant.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the antidepressantare formulated as a fixed dose combination product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the antidepressantare formulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the antidepressantare formulated for adjunctive therapy.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nortriptyline, and thecomposition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andnortriptyline.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the nortriptylineare formulated as a fixed dose combination product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the nortriptylineare formulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the nortriptylineare formulated for adjunctive therapy.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nortriptyline, and thecomposition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andbupropion.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the bupropion areformulated as a fixed dose combination product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the bupropion areformulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the bupropion areformulated for adjunctive therapy.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nortriptyline, and thecomposition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andclonidine.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the clonidine areformulated as a fixed dose combination product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the clonidine areformulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the clonidine areformulated for adjunctive therapy.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nortriptyline, and thecomposition is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andvarenicline.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the vareniclineare formulated as a fixed dose combination product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the vareniclineare formulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds providedherein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the vareniclineare formulated for adjunctive therapy.

In some embodiments, the individual has previously undergone treatmentwith a supplemental agent. In some embodiments, the individual wasrefractory to the previous treatment with the supplemental agent.

In some embodiments, the individual has previously undergone treatmentwith a nicotine replacement therapy. In some embodiments, the individualwas refractory to the previous treatment with the nicotine replacementtherapy.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andat least one supplemental agent for:

reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting toreduce frequency of smoking tobacco;aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product;aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain;controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco;reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individualattempting to cease smoking tobacco;treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in anindividual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal; orreducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individualattempting to cease nicotine use.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andat least one supplemental agent for use as a medicament for:

reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting toreduce frequency of smoking tobacco;aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product;aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain;controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco;reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individualattempting to cease smoking tobacco;treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in anindividual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal; orreducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individualattempting to cease nicotine use.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof andat least one supplemental agent in the manufacture of a medicament for:reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting toreduce frequency of smoking tobacco, aiding in the cessation orlessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting tocease or lessen use of a tobacco product; aiding in smoking cessationand preventing associated weight gain; controlling weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco; reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessationby an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; treating nicotinedependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting totreat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing thelikelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting tocease nicotine use.

Also provided is a unit dosage form of a composition comprising acompound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates,and hydrates thereof and at least one supplemental agent.

Also provided is a compound selected from compounds provided herein, andsalts, solvates, and hydrates thereof for use in combination with asupplemental agent, for: reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in anindividual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aiding inthe cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individualattempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product: aiding insmoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain; controllingweight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individualattempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gain associatedwith smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smokingtobacco; treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in anindividual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by anindividual attempting to cease nicotine use.

Also provided is a supplemental agent chosen from nicotine replacementtherapies, for use in combination with a compound selected fromcompounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

Also provided is a supplemental agent for use in combination with acompound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates,and hydrates thereof for: reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco inan individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aidingin the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in anindividual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product;aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain;controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by anindividual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gainassociated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to ceasesmoking tobacco; treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/orwithdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency,addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse useof nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use.

In some embodiments, the compound is formulated as an immediate-releasedosage form and the supplemental agent is also formulated as animmediate-release dosage form. In some embodiments, the 5-HT_(C) agonistis formulated as an immediate-release dosage form and the supplementalagent is formulated as a modified-release dosage form. In someembodiments, the compound is formulated as a modified-release dosageform and the supplemental agent is formulated as an immediate-releasedosage form. In some embodiments, the compound selected from compoundsprovided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof is formulatedas a modified-release dosage form and the supplemental agent is alsoformulated as a modified-release dosage form.

The compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof may be administered sequentially orconcurrently with the one or more other supplemental agents identifiedherein. The amounts of formulation and pharmacologic agent depend, forexample, on what type of pharmacologic agent(s) are used, and thescheduling and routes of administration

Supplemental agents may be delivered concomitantly with the compoundsselected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof, or may be administered independently. Supplementalagent delivery may be via any suitable method known in the art includingorally, inhalation, injection, etc.

In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise thestep of: providing the individual with educational materials and/orcounseling. In some embodiments, the counseling relates to smokingcessation. In some embodiments, the counseling relates to weightmanagement, including without limitation counseling regarding diet andexercise. In some embodiments, the counseling relates to both smokingcessation and weight management, including without limitation counselingregarding diet and exercise.

In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise thestep of: providing the individual with biochemical feedback;acupuncture; hypnosis; behavioral intervention; support services; and/orpsychosocial treatment.

It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the dosage formsdescribed herein may comprise, as the active component, either acompound described herein, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of acompound described herein, a solvate or hydrate of a compound describedherein, or a solvate or hydrate of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt ofa compound described herein. Moreover, various hydrates and solvates ofthe compounds described herein and their salts will find use asintermediates in the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions. Typicalprocedures for making and identifying suitable hydrates and solvates,outside those mentioned herein, are well known to those in the art; seefor example, pages 202-209 of K. J. Guillory, “Generation of Polymorphs,Hydrates, Solvates, and Amorphous Solids,” in: Polymorphism inPharmaceutical Solids, ed. Harry G. Britain, Vol. 95, Marcel Dekker,Inc., New York, 1999. Accordingly, one aspect of the present disclosurepertains to methods of administering hydrates and solvates of compoundsdescribed herein and/or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thatcan be isolated and characterized by methods known in the art, such as,thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), TGA-mass spectroscopy, TGA-Infraredspectroscopy, powder X-ray diffraction (XRPD), Karl Fisher titration,high resolution X-ray diffraction, and the like. There are severalcommercial entities that provide quick and efficient services foridentifying solvates and hydrates on a routine basis. Example companiesoffering these services include Wilmington PharmaTech (Wilmington,Del.), Avantium Technologies (Amsterdam) and Aptuit (Greenwich, Conn.).

Psuedopolymorphism

Polymorphism is the ability of a substance to exist as two or morecrystalline phases that have different arrangements and/or conformationsof the molecules in the crystal lattice. Polymorphs show the sameproperties in the liquid or gaseous state but they may behavedifferently in the solid state.

Besides single-component polymorphs, drugs can also exist as salts andother multicomponent crystalline phases. For example, solvates andhydrates may contain an API host and either solvent or water molecules,respectively, as guests. Analogously, when the guest compound is a solidat room temperature, the resulting form is often called a cocrystal.Salts, solvates, hydrates, and cocrystals may show polymorphism as well.Crystalline phases that share the same API host, but differ with respectto their guests, may be referred to as pseudopolymorphs of one another.

Solvates contain molecules of the solvent of crystallization in adefinite crystal lattice. Solvates, in which the solvent ofcrystallization is water, are termed hydrates. Because water is aconstituent of the atmosphere, hydrates of drugs may be formed rathereasily.

Recently, polymorph screens of 245 compounds revealed that about 90% ofthem exhibited multiple solid forms. Overall, approximately half thecompounds were polymorphic, often having one to three forms. Aboutone-third of the compounds formed hydrates, and about one-third formedsolvates. Data from cocrystal screens of 64 compounds showed that 60%formed cocrystals other than hydrates or solvates. (G. P. Stahly,Crystal Growth & Design (2007), 7(6), 1007-1026.)

Isotopes

The present disclosure includes all isotopes of atoms occurring in thepresent salts and crystalline forms thereof. Isotopes include thoseatoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. Oneaspect of the present invention includes every combination of one ormore atoms in the present salts and crystalline forms thereof that isreplaced with an atom having the same atomic number but a different massnumber. One such example is the replacement of an atom that is the mostnaturally abundant isotope, such as ¹H or ¹²C, found in one the presentsalts and crystalline forms thereof, with a different atom that is notthe most naturally abundant isotope, such as ²H or ³H (replacing ¹H), or¹¹C, ¹³C, or ¹⁴C (replacing ¹²C). A salt wherein such a replacement hastaken place is commonly referred to as being isotopically-labeled.Isotopic-labeling of the present salts and crystalline forms thereof canbe accomplished using any one of a variety of different syntheticmethods know to those of ordinary skill in the art and they are readilycredited with understanding the synthetic methods and available reagentsneeded to conduct such isotopic-labeling. By way of general example, andwithout limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include ²H (deuterium) and ³H(tritium). Isotopes of carbon include ¹¹C, ¹³C, and ¹⁴C. Isotopes ofnitrogen include ¹³N and ¹⁵N. Isotopes of oxygen include ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, and¹⁸C. An isotope of fluorine includes ¹⁸F. An isotope of sulfur includes³⁵S. An isotope of chlorine includes ³⁶Cl. Isotopes of bromine include⁷⁵Br, ⁷⁶Br, ⁷⁷Br, and ⁸²Br. Isotopes of iodine include ¹²³I, ¹²⁴I, ¹²⁵I,and ¹³¹I. Another aspect of the present invention includes compositions,such as, those prepared during synthesis, preformulation, and the like,and pharmaceutical compositions, such as, those prepared with the intentof using in a mammal for the treatment of one or more of the disordersdescribed herein, comprising one or more of the present salts andcrystalline forms thereof, wherein the naturally occurring distributionof the isotopes in the composition is perturbed. Another aspect of thepresent invention includes compositions and pharmaceutical compositionscomprising salts and crystalline forms thereof as described hereinwherein the salt is enriched at one or more positions with an isotopeother than the most naturally abundant isotope. Methods are readilyavailable to measure such isotope perturbations or enrichments, such as,mass spectrometry, and for isotopes that are radio-isotopes additionalmethods are available, such as, radio-detectors used in connection withHPLC or GC.

Improving absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and toxicity(ADMET) properties while maintaining a desired pharmacological profileis a major challenge in drug development. Structural changes to improveADMET properties often alter the pharmacology of a lead compound. Whilethe effects of deuterium substitution on ADMET properties areunpredictable, in select cases deuterium can improve a compound's ADMETproperties with minimal perturbation of its pharmacology. Two exampleswhere deuterium has enabled improvements in therapeutic entities are:CTP-347 and CTP-354. CTP-347 is a deuterated version of paroxetine witha reduced liability for mechanism-based inactivation of CYP2D6 that isobserved clinically with paroxetine. CTP-354 is a deuterated version ofa promising preclinical gamma-aminobutyric acid A receptor (GABAA)modulator (L-838417) that was not developed due to poor pharmacokinetic(PK) properties. In both cases, deuterium substitution resulted inimproved ADMET profiles that provide the potential for improved safety,efficacy, and/or tolerability without significantly altering thebiochemical potency and selectivity versus the all-hydrogen compounds.Provided are deuterium substituted compounds of the present inventionwith improved ADMET profiles and substantially similar biochemicalpotency and selectivity versus the corresponding all-hydrogen compounds.

Other Utilities

Provided are radio-labeled compounds provided herein useful not only inradio-imaging but also in assays, both in vitro and in vivo, forlocalizing and quantitating 5-HT_(2C) receptors in tissue samples,including human, and for identifying 5-HT_(2C) receptor ligands byinhibition binding of a radio-labeled compound. Also provided are novel5-HT_(2C) receptor assays of which comprise such radio-labeledcompounds.

Certain isotopically-labeled compounds provided herein are useful incompound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. In someembodiments the radionuclide ³H and/or ¹⁴C isotopes are useful in thesestudies. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium(i.e., ²H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting fromgreater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life orreduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in somecircumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds provided herein cangenerally be prepared by following procedures analogous to thosedisclosed in the Drawings and Examples infra, by substituting anisotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.Other synthetic methods that are useful are discussed infra.

Synthetic methods for incorporating radio-isotopes into organiccompounds are applicable to compounds provided herein and are well knownin the art. These synthetic methods, for example, incorporating activitylevels of tritium into target molecules, include the following:

A. Catalytic Reduction with Tritium Gas: This procedure normally yieldshigh specific activity products and requires halogenated or unsaturatedprecursors.

B. Reduction with Sodium Borohydride [³H]: This procedure is ratherinexpensive and requires precursors containing reducible functionalgroups such as aldehydes, ketones, lactones, esters and the like.

C. Reduction with Lithium Aluminum Hydride [³H]: This procedure offersproducts at almost theoretical specific activities. It also requiresprecursors containing reducible functional groups such as aldehydes,ketones, lactones, esters and the like.

D. Tritium Gas Exposure Labeling: This procedure involves exposingprecursors containing exchangeable protons to tritium gas in thepresence of a suitable catalyst.

E. N-Methylation using Methyl Iodide [³H]: This procedure is usuallyemployed to prepare O-methyl or N-methyl (3H) products by treatingappropriate precursors with high specific activity methyl iodide (3H).This method in general allows for higher specific activity, such as forexample, about 70-90 Ci/mmol.

Synthetic methods for incorporating activity levels of ¹²⁵I into targetmolecules include:

A. Sandmeyer and like reactions: This procedure transforms an aryl amineor a heteroaryl amine into a diazonium salt, such as a diazoniumtetrafluoroborate salt and subsequently to ¹²⁵I labeled compound usingNa¹²⁵I. A represented procedure was reported by Zhu, G-D. and co-workersin J. Org. Chem., 2002, 67, 943-948.

B. Ortho ¹²⁵Iodination of phenols: This procedure allows for theincorporation of ¹²⁵I at the ortho position of a phenol as reported byCollier, T. L. and co-workers in J. Labelled Compd. Radiopharm., 1999,42, S264-S266.

C. Aryl and heteroaryl bromide exchange with ¹²⁵I: This method isgenerally a two step process. The first step is the conversion of thearyl or heteroaryl bromide to the corresponding tri-alkyltinintermediate using for example, a Pd catalyzed reaction [e.g. Pd(Ph₃P)₄]or through an aryl or heteroaryl lithium, in the presence of atri-alkyltinhalide or hexaalkylditin [e.g., (CH₃)₃SnSn(CH₃)₃]. Arepresentative procedure was reported by Le Bas, M.-D. and co-workers inJ. Labelled Compd. Radiopharm. 2001, 44, S280-S282.

A radiolabeled compound disclosed herein can be used in a screeningassay to identify/evaluate compounds. In general terms, a newlysynthesized or identified compound (i.e., test compound) can beevaluated for its ability to reduce binding of a radio-labeled compoundto a 5-HT_(2C) receptor. The ability of a test compound to compete witha radio-labeled compound disclosed herein for the binding to a 5-HT_(2C)receptor directly correlates to its binding affinity.

Certain labeled compounds provided herein bind to certain 5-HT_(2C)receptors. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC₅₀ less thanabout 500 μM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC₅₀ lessthan about 100 μM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC₅₀less than about 10 μM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has anIC₅₀ less than about 1 μM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has anIC₅₀ less than about 0.1 μM. In one embodiment the labeled compound hasan IC₅₀ less than about 0.01 μM. In one embodiment the labeled compoundhas an IC₅₀ less than about 0.005 μM.

Other uses of the disclosed receptors and methods will become apparentto those skilled in the art based upon, inter alia, a review of thisdisclosure.

Compositions and Formulations

Formulations may be prepared by any suitable method, typically byuniformly mixing the active compound(s) with liquids or finely dividedsolid carriers, or both, in the required proportions and then, ifnecessary, forming the resulting mixture into a desired shape.

Conventional excipients, such as binding agents, fillers, acceptablewetting agents, tabletting lubricants and disintegrants can be used intablets and capsules for oral administration. Liquid preparations fororal administration can be in the form of solutions, emulsions, aqueousor oily suspensions and syrups. Alternatively, the oral preparations canbe in the form of dry powder that can be reconstituted with water oranother suitable liquid vehicle before use. Additional additives such assuspending or emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles (including edibleoils), preservatives and flavorings and colorants can be added to theliquid preparations. Parenteral dosage forms can be prepared bydissolving the compound provided herein in a suitable liquid vehicle andfilter sterilizing the solution before filling and sealing anappropriate vial or ampule. These are just a few examples of the manyappropriate methods well known in the art for preparing dosage forms.

A compound provided herein can be formulated into pharmaceuticalcompositions using techniques well known to those in the art. Suitablepharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, outside those mentioned herein,are known in the art; for example, see Remington. The Science andPractice of Pharmacy, 20^(th) Edition, 2000, Lippincott Williams &Wilkins, (Editors: Gennaro er al.).

While it is possible that, for use in the prophylaxis or treatment, acompound provided herein can, in an alternative use, be administered asa raw or pure chemical, it is preferable however to present the compoundor active ingredient as a pharmaceutical formulation or compositionfurther comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Pharmaceutical formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal,nasal, topical (including buccal and sub-lingual), vaginal or parenteral(including intramuscular, sub-cutaneous and intravenous) administrationor in a form suitable for administration by inhalation, insufflation orby a transdermal patch. Transdermal patches dispense a drug at acontrolled rate by presenting the drug for absorption in an efficientmanner with minimal degradation of the drug. Typically, transdermalpatches comprise an impermeable backing layer, a single pressuresensitive adhesive and a removable protective layer with a releaseliner. One of ordinary skill in the art will understand and appreciatethe techniques appropriate for manufacturing a desired efficacioustransdermal patch based upon the needs of the artisan.

The compounds provided herein, together with a conventional adjuvant,carrier, or diluent, can thus be placed into the form of pharmaceuticalformulations and unit dosages thereof and in such form may be employedas solids, such as tablets or filled capsules, or liquids such assolutions, suspensions, emulsions, elixirs, gels or capsules filled withthe same, all for oral use, in the form of suppositories for rectaladministration; or in the form of sterile injectable solutions forparenteral (including subcutaneous) use. Such pharmaceuticalcompositions and unit dosage forms thereof can comprise conventionalingredients in conventional proportions, with or without additionalactive compounds or principles and such unit dosage forms may containany suitable effective amount of the active ingredient commensurate withthe intended daily dosage range to be employed.

For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in theform of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid. Thepharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosageunit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient. Examplesof such dosage units are capsules, tablets, powders, granules or asuspension, with conventional additives such as lactose, mannitol, cornstarch or potato starch; with binders such as crystalline cellulose,cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; withdisintegrators such as corn starch, potato starch or sodiumcarboxymethyl-cellulose; and with lubricants such as tale or magnesiumstearate. The active ingredient may also be administered by injection asa composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may beused as a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Compounds provided herein can be used as active ingredients inpharmaceutical compositions, specifically as 5-HT_(2C) receptormodulators. The term “active ingredient”, defined in the context of a“pharmaceutical composition”,” refers to a component of a pharmaceuticalcomposition that provides the primary pharmacological effect, as opposedto an “inactive ingredient” which would generally be recognized asproviding no pharmaceutical benefit.

The dose when using the compounds provided herein can vary within widelimits and as is customary and is known to the physician, it is to betailored to the individual conditions in each individual case. Itdepends, for example, on the nature and severity of the illness to betreated, on the condition of the individual, such as a patient, on thecompound employed, on whether an acute or chronic disease state istreated, or prophylaxis conducted, or on whether further activecompounds are administered in addition to the compounds provided herein.Representative doses include, but are not limited to, about 0.001 mg toabout 5000 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 2500 mg, about 0.001 mg to about1000 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 500 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 250 mg,about 0.001 mg to 100 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 50 mg and about 0.001mg to about 25 mg. Multiple doses may be administered during the day,especially when relatively large amounts are deemed to be needed, forexample 2, 3 or 4 doses. Depending on the individual and as deemedappropriate from the healthcare provider it may be necessary to deviateupward or downward from the doses described herein.

All dosage amounts disclosed herein are calculated with respect to theactive moiety, i.e., the molecule or ion that gives the intendedpharmacologic or physiologic action.

The amount of active ingredient, or an active salt or derivativethereof, required for use in treatment will vary not only with theparticular salt selected but also with the route of administration, thenature of the condition being treated and the age and condition of theindividual and will ultimately be at the discretion of the attendantphysician or clinician. In general, one skilled in the art understandshow to extrapolate in vivo data obtained in a model system, typically ananimal model, to another, such as a human. In some circumstances, theseextrapolations may merely be based on the weight of the animal model incomparison to another, such as a mammal, preferably a human, however,more often, these extrapolations are not simply based on weights, butrather incorporate a variety of factors. Representative factors includethe type, age, weight, sex, dict and medical condition of theindividual, the severity of the disease, the mute of administration,pharmacological considerations such as the activity, efficacy,pharmacokinetic and toxicology profiles of the particular compoundemployed, whether a drug delivery system is utilized, whether an acuteor chronic disease state is being treated or prophylaxis conducted orwhether further active compounds are administered in addition to thecompounds provided herein such as part of a drug combination. The dosageregimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/orcompositions provided herein is selected in accordance with a varietyfactors as cited above. Thus, the actual dosage regimen employed mayvary widely and therefore may deviate from a preferred dosage regimenand one skilled in the art will recognize that dosage and dosage regimenoutside these typical ranges can be tested and, where appropriate, maybe used in the methods disclosed herein.

The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or asdivided doses administered at appropriate intervals, for example, astwo, three, four or more sub-doses per day. The sub-dose itself may befurther divided, e.g., into a number of discrete loosely spacedadministrations. The daily dose can be divided, especially whenrelatively large amounts are administered as deemed appropriate, intoseveral, for example 2, 3 or 4 part administrations. If appropriate,depending on individual behavior, it may be necessary to deviate upwardor downward from the daily dose indicated.

The compounds provided herein can be administered in a wide variety oforal and parenteral dosage forms.

For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds providedherein, the selection of a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriercan be either solid, liquid or a mixture of both. Solid formpreparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets,suppositories and dispersible granules. A solid carrier can be one ormore substances which may also act as diluents, flavoring agents,solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives,tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.

In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in a mixturewith the finely divided active component.

In tablets, the active component is mixed with the carrier having thenecessary binding capacity in suitable proportions and compacted to thedesire shape and size.

The powders and tablets may contain varying percentage amounts of theactive compound. A representative amount in a powder or tablet maycontain from 0.5 to about 90 percent of the active compound; however, anartisan would know when amounts outside of this range are necessary.Suitable carriers for powders and tablets are magnesium carbonate,magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch,gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, alow melting wax, cocoa butter and the like. The term “preparation”refers to the formulation of the active compound with encapsulatingmaterial as carrier providing a capsule in which the active component,with or without carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus inassociation with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included.Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets and lozenges can be used assolid forms suitable for oral administration.

For preparing suppositories, a low melting wax, such as an admixture offatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter, is first melted and the activecomponent is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring. The moltenhomogenous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowedto cool and thereby to solidify.

Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented aspessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or sprays containing inaddition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the artto be appropriate.

Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions,for example, water or water-propylene glycol solutions. For example,parenteral injection liquid preparations can be formulated as solutionsin aqueous polyethylene glycol solution. Injectable preparations, forexample, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may beformulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing orwetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparationmay also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxicparenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solutionin 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that maybe employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloridesolution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employedas a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oilmay be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition,fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation ofinjectables.

The compounds provided herein may thus be formulated for parenteraladministration (e.g. by injection, for example bolus injection orcontinuous infusion) and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules,pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containerswith an added preservative. The pharmaceutical compositions may takesuch forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueousvehicles and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending,stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the activeingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation ofsterile solid or by lyophilization from solution, for constitution witha suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile, pyrogen-free water, before use.

Aqueous formulations suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolvingor suspending the active component in water and adding suitablecolorants, flavors, stabilizing and thickening agents, as desired.

Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing thefinely divided active component in water with viscous material, such asnatural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodiumcarboxymethylcellulose, or other well-known suspending agents.

Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to beconverted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oraladministration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions andemulsions. These preparations may contain, in addition to the activecomponent, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial andnatural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents and thelike.

For topical administration to the epidermis the compounds providedherein may be formulated as ointments, creams or lotions, or as atransdermal patch.

Ointments and creams may, for example, be formulated with an aqueous oroily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gellingagents. Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and willin general also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizingagents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, orcoloring agents.

Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth includelozenges comprising active agent in a flavored base, usually sucrose andacacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in aninert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; andmouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquidcarrier.

Solutions or suspensions are applied directly to the nasal cavity byconventional means, for example with a dropper, pipette or spray. Theformulations may be provided in single or multi-dose form. In the lattercase of a dropper or pipette, this may be achieved by the patientadministering an appropriate, predetermined volume of the solution orsuspension. In the case of a spray, this may be achieved for example bymeans of a metering atomizing spray pump.

Administration to the respiratory tract may also be achieved by means ofan aerosol formulation in which the active ingredient is provided in apressurized pack with a suitable propellant. If the compounds providedherein or pharmaceutical compositions comprising them are administeredas aerosols, for example as nasal aerosols or by inhalation, this can becarried out, for example, using a spray, a nebulizer, a pump nebulizer,an inhalation apparatus, a metered inhaler or a dry powder inhaler.Pharmaceutical forms for administration of the compounds provided hereinas an aerosol can be prepared by processes well known to the personskilled in the art. For their preparation, for example, solutions ordispersions of the compounds provided herein in water, water/alcoholmixtures or suitable saline solutions can be employed using customaryadditives, for example benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives,absorption enhancers for increasing the bioavailability, solubilizers,dispersants and others and, if appropriate, customary propellants, forexample include carbon dioxide, CFCs, such as, dichlorodifluoromethane,trichlorofluoromethane, or dichlorotetrafluoroethane; and the like. Theaerosol may conveniently also contain a surfactant such as lecithin. Thedose of drug may be controlled by provision of a metered valve.

In formulations intended for administration to the respiratory tract,including intranasal formulations, the compound will generally have asmall particle size for example of the order of 10 microns or less. Sucha particle size may be obtained by means known in the art, for exampleby micronization. When desired, formulations adapted to give sustainedrelease of the active ingredient may be employed.

Alternatively the active ingredients may be provided in the form of adry powder, for example, a powder mix of the compound in a suitablepowder base such as lactose, starch, starch derivatives such ashydroxypropylmethyl cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).Conveniently the powder carrier will form a gel in the nasal cavity. Thepowder composition may be presented in unit dose form for example incapsules or cartridges of, e.g., gelatin, or blister packs from whichthe powder may be administered by means of an inhaler.

The pharmaceutical preparations are preferably in unit dosage forms. Insuch form, the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containingappropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form canbe a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities ofpreparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules and powders in vials orampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet,or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of thesein packaged form.

Tablets or capsules for oral administration and liquids for intravenousadministration are preferred compositions.

The compounds provided herein may optionally exist as pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts including pharmaceutically acceptable acid additionsalts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acidsincluding inorganic and organic acids. Representative acids include, butare not limited to, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic,citric, ethenesulfonic, dichloroacetic, formic, fumaric, gluconic,glutamic, hippuric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic,maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, oxalic, pamoic,pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, oxalic,p-toluenesulfonic and the like. Certain compounds provided herein whichcontain a carboxylic acid functional group may optionally exist aspharmaceutically acceptable salts containing non-toxic, pharmaceuticallyacceptable metal cations and cations derived from organic bases.Representative metals include, but are not limited to, aluminium,calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like. Insome embodiments the pharmaceutically acceptable metal is sodium.Representative organic bases include, but are not limited to, benzathine(N¹,N²-dibenzylethane-1,2-diamine), chloroprocaine(2-(diethylamino)ethyl 4-(chloroamino)benzoate), choline,diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine((2R,3R,4R,5S)-6-(methylamino)hexane-1,2,3,4,5-pentaol), procaine(2-(diethylamino)ethyl 4-aminobenzoate), and the like. Certainpharmaceutically acceptable salts are listed in Berge, et al., Journalof Pharmaceutical Sciences, 66:1-19 (1977).

The acid addition salts may be obtained as the direct products ofcompound synthesis. In the alternative, the free base may be dissolvedin a suitable solvent containing the appropriate acid and the saltisolated by evaporating the solvent or otherwise separating the salt andsolvent. The compounds provided herein may form solvates with standardlow molecular weight solvents using methods known to the skilledartisan.

Compounds provided herein can be converted to “pro-drugs.” The term“pro-drugs” refers to compounds that have been modified with specificchemical groups known in the art and when administered into anindividual these groups undergo biotransformation to give the parentcompound. Pro-drugs can thus be viewed as compounds provided hereincontaining one or more specialized non-toxic protective groups used in atransient manner to alter or to eliminate a property of the compound. Inone general aspect, the “pro-drug” approach is utilized to facilitateoral absorption. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V.Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems Vol. 14 of the A.C.S.Symposium Series; and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed.Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press,1987.

Some embodiments include a method of producing a pharmaceuticalcomposition for “combination-therapy” comprising admixing at least onecompound according to any of the compound embodiments disclosed herein,together with at least one known pharmaceutical agent as describedherein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

It is noted that when the 5-HT_(2C) receptor modulators are utilized asactive ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions, these are notintended for use in humans only, but in non-human mammals as well.Recent advances in the area of animal health-care mandate thatconsideration be given for the use of active agents, such as 5-HT_(2C)receptor modulators, for the treatment of a 5-HT_(2C)receptor-associated disease or disorder in companionship animals (e.g.,cats, dogs, etc.) and in livestock animals (e.g., horses, cows, etc.)Those of ordinary skill in the art are readily credited withunderstanding the utility of such compounds in such settings.

As will be recognized, the steps of the methods provided herein need notbe performed any particular number of times or in any particularsequence. Additional objects, advantages and novel features of theinvention(s) will become apparent to those skilled in the art uponexamination of the following examples thereof, which are intended to beillustrative and not intended to be limiting.

EXAMPLES

The compounds disclosed herein and their syntheses are furtherillustrated by the following examples. The following examples areprovided to further define the invention without, however, limiting theinvention to the particulars of these examples. The compounds describedherein, supra and infra, are named according to ChemBioDraw Ultra12.0.2.1076, except for compounds 101, 105, 108, 113, 114, 116, 129,130, 133, and 134, in table A, for which ChemBioDraw Ultra 12.0.2.1076did not generate a chemical name. In certain instances common names areused and it is understood that these common names would be recognized bythose skilled in the art.

Chemistry: Proton nuclear magnetic resonance (¹H NMR) spectra wererecorded on a Bruker Avance III-400 equipped with a 5 mm BBFO probe.Chemical shifts are given in parts per million (ppm) with the residualsolvent signal used as reference. NMR abbreviations are used as follows:s=singlet, d=doublet, dd=doublet of doublets, t=triplet, q=quartet,m=multiplet, bs=broad singlet, sxt=sextet. Microwave irradiations werecarried out using a Smith Synthesizer™ or an Emrys Optimizer™ (Biotage).Thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel 60 F₂₅₄(Merck), preparatory thin-layer chromatography (prep TLC) was performedon PK6F silica gel 60 Å 1 mm plates (Whatman) and column chromatographywas carried out on a silica gel column using Kieselgel 60, 0.063-0.200mm (Merck). Evaporation was done under reduced pressure on a Büchirotary evaporator. Celite® 545 was used for filtration of palladium.

LCMS spec: HPLC-Agilent 1200; pumps: G1312A; DAD:G1315B; Autosampler:G1367B; Mass spectrometer-Agilent G1956A; ionization source: ESI: DryingGas Flow: 10 L/min; Nebulizer Pressure: 40 psig; Drying Gas Temperature:350° C.; Capillary Voltage: 2500 V) Software: Agilent ChemstationRev.B.04.03.

Example 1: Syntheses of Compounds of Table A Example 1.1: Preparation of8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 105) Step A: Preparation ofN-(8-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)acetamide

To a solution of 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-amine (10.6 g, 72.0mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (82 mL), acetic anhydride (10.2 mL, 108 mmol), andtriethylamine (20.4 mL, 146.3 mmol) were added. After stirring at roomtemperature for 1 hour, the mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ andacidified with saturated NH₄Cl solution. The aqueous layer was extractedwith CH₂Cl₂. Organic layers were dried over MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The amide was used without further purification. Theresulting amide in acetone (918 mL) and 1.48M aqueous magnesium sulfate(57.1 mL, 84.7 mmol) at 0° C. was treated with potassium permanganate(34.3 g, 217 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir at 0° C. for 2hours. Acetone was removed with residue extracted with CH₂Cl₂/water.Organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to giveN-(8-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)acetamide (12.9 g, 64%). LCMSm/z=204.2 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.07-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.22 (s,3H), 2.70 (t, J=13.1 Hz, 2H), 2.97 (t, J=12.2 Hz, 2H), 6.91-6.93 (m,1H), 7.44 (t, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 12.1 (s, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 8-amino-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one

A mixture of N-(8-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)acetamide (12.9g, 63.5 mmol) in 6M HCl (437 mL, 2.62 mol) was heated at 90° C. for 3hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and was neutralizedwith sodium bicarbonate by adding in small portions followed by additionof 2N NaOH until the mixture was at pH 8. The aqueous layer wasextracted with AcOEt and washed with brine. Organic layers werecombined, dried, filtered, and concentrated to give8-amino-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (9.1 g, 89%). LCMS m/z=162.0[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.0-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.64 (m, 2H),2.87 (t, J=12.2 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (br s, 2H), 6.44-6.48 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.16(m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 8-fluoro-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one

To a solution of 8-amino-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (9.1 g, 56.5mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (415 mL) at 0° C. boron trifluoride etherate (12.0 g,84.7 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 min and treatedwith a solution of tert-butyl nitrite (7.04 g, 68.3 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (50mL) dropwise. The reaction was vigorously stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour.The solution was cooled in dry-ice bath, diluted in pentane (415 mL),and stirred for 10 min. The agitation was stopped, allowing the solid tosettle, and the solvent was removed. This operation was repeated once,and the solid was dried under vacuum. The solid was heated in heptane at100° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature,dissolved in CH₂Cl₂, and washed with water and brine. The organic layerswere combined, dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give 8-fluoro-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (4.92 g,53%). LCMS m/z=165.2 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.09-2.13 (m,2H), 2.64-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.97 (t, J=12.2 Hz, 2H), 6.95-6.99 (m, 1H), 7.04id, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of (2-chloroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide

A mixture of (2-chloroethyl)(methyl)sulfane (4.1 mL, 45.2 mmol) andiodomethane (8.5 mL, 136.2 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 4.5days. To the dark brown residue, acetone (ca. 50 mL) was added andstirred for a while (ca. 1 h). Solid was filtered off, washed withacetone (3×), and dried under high vacuum to give(2-chloroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide (8.63 g, 76%) as an off-whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 2.97 (s. 6H), 3.79 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H),4.13 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H).

Step E: Preparation or8′-fluoro-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one

To a solution of 8-fluoro-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.34 g, 7.754mmol) in 55 mL tBuOH, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF (25mL, 25.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 45min, (2-chloroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide (2.2 g, 8.711 mmol) wasadded. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8′-fluoro-3′,4′-dihydro-1¹H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one(1.00 g, 68%) as a yellow-orange oil that solidified after a while. LCMSm/z=191.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.81-0.84 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.45(m, 2H), 1.65 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.96-7.01 (m,11H), 7.04-7.06 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 11H).

Step F: Preparation of8′-fluoro-1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene]

To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.67 g, 8.958mmol) in 35 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF(13.5 mL, 13.50 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110° C. (oil bath)for 40 min, a solution of8′-fluoro-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one(1.66 g. 8.727 mmol) in 10 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirredat 110° C. for 15 min, cooled in an ice/water-bath, and extracted withwater and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexanes) to give8′-fluoro-1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene](1.47 g, 90%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.60-0.63(m, 2H), 0.83-0.85 (m, 2H), 1.65 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (1, J=6.4 Hz,2H). 5.10 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (s, 1H), 6.87-6.94 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.12(m, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 14 of FIG. 2, where R¹=F

To an ice-cooled solution of8′-fluoro-1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene](1.47 g, 7.809 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (3.4 mL, 46.84 mmol) in 53 mLDCE, 1 M diethylzinc in hexanes (39 mL, 39.00 mmol) was added over ca.10 min. After stirring at 0° C. for 2.5 h, suspension was quenched bythe addition of 1 M NH₄Cl and extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Combinedorganic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexanes) togive the title compound for this step (1.44 g, 91%) as a colorlessliquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.20-0.23 (m, 2H), 0.34-0.36 (m, 2H),0.48-0.51 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.67 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.94-2.97(t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 6.71-6.76 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.96-7.01 (m,1H).

Step H: Preparation of Compound 15 of FIG. 2, where R¹=F

To a solution of the product of Step G (1.43 g, 7.070 mmol) in 30 mLDCE, sodium bicarbonate (312 mg, 3.714 mmol), dirhodium caprolactamate(Rh₂(cap)₄) (99.3 mg, 0.152 mmol), and 5.5 M2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (8 mL, 44.00 mmol) were added.After stirring at 40° C. (oil bath) for 3 h, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (93 mg) wasadded. After stirring over-the-weekend, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (89 mg) and 5.5 M2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (8 mL) were added. Afterstirring for another 3 h at 40° C., the mixture was extracted with waterand CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step(85% pure, 1.34 g, 75%) as a colorless liquid. LCMS m/z=217.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.26-0.46 (m, 4H), 0.59-0.65 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.49(m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 2H), 7.10-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.89-7.91(m, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of Compound 16 of FIG. 2, where R¹=F

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (85% pure, 660 mg,16.50 mmol) in 50 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate(2.9 g, 16.37 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min).After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of the productof Step H (1.34 g, 5.267 mmol) in 40 mL THF was added. After stirring at60° C. (oil bath) for 1 h, the mixture was partly concentrated andresidue was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water. Organic phases were driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give thetitle compound for this step (1.14 g, 91%) as a colorless oil (E:Zisomer=56:44). LCMS m/z=240.1 [M+1]⁺. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.05410(m, 2H), 0.26-0.29 (m, 1H), 0.36-0.46 (m, 3H), 0.59-0.66 (m, 2H), 2.40(d, 1.1H), 2.72 (s, 0.9H), 5.17 (s, 0.56H), 5.71 (s, 0.44H), 6.96-7.04(m, 1H), 7.10-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (m, 0.44H), 7.96-7.98 (m, 0.56H).

Step J: Preparation of Compound 17 of FIG. 2, where R¹=F

To a mixture of the product of Step I (1.13 g, 4.722 mmol) andcobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (3.4 g, 14.29 mmol) in 30 mL MeOH,sodium tetrahydroborate (3 g, 79 mmol) was added in small portions over7 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Phases were filtered through celite andwashed with CH₂Cl₂. Phases of filtrate were separated and aqueous layerwas extracted three more times with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient first andthen CH₂Cl₂/MeOH/7M NH₃ in MeOH 80:18.2) to give the title compound forthis step (80% pure, 725 mg, 50%). LCMS m/z=246.0 [M+1]⁺.

Step K: Preparation of Compound 18 of FIG. 2, where R¹=F and R¹⁰ is3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step J (80% pure, 720 mg,2.142 mmol) and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.663 mL, 3.806 mmol)in 20 mL CH₂Cl₂, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonylchloride (840 mg, 3.237 mmol) in 10 mL CH₂Cl₂ was added slowly by asyringe pump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring under ice-cooling for 0.5h, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to givethe title compound for this step (995 mg, 99%). LCMS m/z=466.4 [M−1]. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.15-0.20 (m, 11H), 0.23-0.30 (m, 2H), 0.41-0.53(m, 3H), 1.34-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.72 (m, 2H). 1.90-2.07 (m, 2H),3.04-3.11 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 6.75-6.80 (m, 1H),6.92-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (m,2H).

Step L: Preparation of Compound 19 of FIG. 2, where R¹=F and R¹⁰ is34-dichlorobenzyl

To a solution of the product of Step K (992 mg, 2.118 mmol) in 22 mLDCE, acetic anhydride (0.200 mL, 2.118 mmol), 1,3,5-trioxane (407 mg,4.518 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (0.87 mL, 13.42 mmol) were added.After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, the mixture was extractedwith 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (885 mg, 87%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)0.08-0.14 (m, 1H), 0.15-0.19 (m, 1H), 0.23-0.34 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.47 (m,2H), 0.55-0.61 (m, 1H), 1.31-10.36 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.62 (m, 4H), 2.08-2.13(m, 1H). 3.21-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.82-4.00 (mu, 3H), 4.21-4.25 (m, 1H).4.57-4.61 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.99 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.06 (m,1H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 1H).

Step M: Preparation of8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 105)

To a solution of the product of Step K (883 mg, 1.838 mmol) in 10 mLtoluene, 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene(10 mL, 30.75 mmol) was added. After stirring at 80° C. (oil bath) for 2h, mixture cooled in an ice/water-bath, and quenched by the slowaddition of 2 M NH₄Cl. The mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH andCH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were concentrated and residue was purified bybiotage (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient first and then AcOEt/7M NH₃ in MeOH10:1) to give the title compound for this example 1.1 (92% pure, 326 mg,63%). LCMS m/z=258.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.145-0.24 (m,2H), 0.33-0.52 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.73(m, 4H), 1.94-1.99 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.37 (m, 2H), 3.86(d, J=14.5 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (d, J=14.5 Hz, 1H), 6.64-6.69 (m, 1H),6.86-6.89 (m, 1H).

Step N: Resolution of Compound 105 into Enantiomers 134 and 133

Compound 105 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phasepreparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions:

Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 μm(particle size), 250×20 mm (L×ID)Eluent: Acetonitrile with 0.1% triethylamine

Gradient: Isocratic

Flow: 10 mL/min

Detector: UV 225 nm

Retention Times: 1^(st) enantiomer: 26.1 min; 2^(nd) enantiomer: 28.7minFractions containing single enantiomer were concentrated and residue wasre-purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA (trifluoroacetic acid)to give the corresponding enantiomer as a TFA salt. LCMS m/z=258.4[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.25-0.29 (m, 2H), 0.40-0.46 (m, 2H),0.51-0.61 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.74 (m,1H), 1.99-2.08 (m, 3H), 3.37-3.53 (m, 3H), 4.26 (dd, J₁=14.1 Hz, J₂=0.7Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.89 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 1H).

Example 1.2: Preparation of6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 102) Step A: Preparation of2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (4 g, 100.0 mmol) in180 mL THF, a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (5.1 g, 34.89mmol) in 20 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperaturefor 10 min, flask was placed into an ice/water-bath and iodomethane (6.5mL, 104.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm toroom temperature. After stirring overnight, the mixture was quenched bythe slow addition of water, partly concentrated, an extracted with waterand AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (5.5 g, 91%) as a colorlessliquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.99 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H),2.99 (t, J=6.4, 2H), 7.20-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m,1H), 8.04 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of2,2-dimethyl-1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene

To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (5.1 g, 14.28mmol) in 20 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF(17.2 mL, 17.20 mmol) was added. After stirring at 120° C. (oil bath)for 40 min, a solution of 2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one(1.1 g, 6.313 mmol) in 3 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirredat 120° C. for 10 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, andextracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2,2-dimethyl-1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (927 mg, 85%) asa colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.68 (1,J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (1, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.07 (s, 1H), 5.44 (s, 1H),7.08-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.58-7.60 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene]

To an ice-cooled solution of2,2-dimethyl-1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (822 mg, 4.772mmol) and chloroiodomethane (2.1 mL, 28.93 mmol) in 30 mL DCE, 1 Mdiethylzinc in hexanes (24 mL, 24.00 mmol) was added slowly (over ca. 5min). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 h,suspension was quenched by the slow addition of 1 M NH₄Cl and ice, andextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂ (3×). Combined organic phases were driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene](848 mg, 95%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.74-0.77(m, 2H), 0.84 (s, 6H), 0.99-1.02 (m, 2H), 1.69 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H). 2.90(t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01-7.10 (m, 3H).

Step D: Preparation of2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one

To a solution of2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene](822 mg, 4.412 mmol) in 16 mL DCE, Rh₂(cap)₄ (18.8 mg, 44.42 μmol),sodium bicarbonate (190 mg, 2.262 mmol), and 5.5 M2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (4 mL, 22.00 mmol) were added.After stirring at 40° C. (oil bath) for 3 h, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (18.6 mg)and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane (4 mL) were added. Afterstirring at 40° C. overnight, the mixture was extracted with water andCH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4(3′H)-one (643mg, 73%) as a colorless oil that solidified after a while. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.92-0.95 (m, 8H), 1.18-1.21 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 2H), 6.88(d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 1H), 8.01 (dd,J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.4 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of (E,Z)-2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (255 mg, 6.38 mmol) in20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.11 g, 6.266mmol) in 5 mL THF was added (over ca. 10 min). Reaction flask was putinto an ice/water-bath and a solution of2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]4′(3′H)-one (631mg, 3.151 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added. The mixture was allowed to warmto room temperature. After 2 h, the mixture was continued to be stirredat 60° C. (oil bath). After stirring over-the-weekend, the mixture wasextracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions containing the product were partlyconcentrated. The residue was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give(E,Z)-2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(399 mg, 57%) as an oil (E:Z=64:36). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.84-0.87(m, 2H), 0.90 (s, 6H), 1.11-1.15 (m, 2H), 2.46 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 0.72H),2.78 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1.28H), 5.23-5.24 (m, 0.36H), 5.77-5.78 (m. 0.64),6.75-6.80 (m. 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 0.64H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 0.36H), 7.30-7.36(m, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 0.64H), 8.28 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz,J₂=1.3 Hz, 0.36H).

Step F: Preparation of tert-butyl(2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamate

To a solution of2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(342 mg, 1.531 mmol) in 30 mL MeOH, cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.1g, 4.623 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min,sodium tetrahydroborate (289 mg, 7.639 mmol) was added in small portionsover ca. 0.5 h (slightly exothermic). After stirring at room temperaturefor 2 h, more cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.1 g) and MeOH (ca. 20mL) were added and another ca. 2 g of sodium tetrahydroborate was addedin small portions over the course of ca. 5 h. Then, di-tert-butyldicarbonate di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (670 mg, 3.070 mmol) was added andmixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the mixture wasextracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert-butyl(2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamate(335 mg, 66%) as a viscous oil. LCMS m/z=330.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 0.48-0.52 (m, 1H). 0.74 (s, 3H), 0.86-0.91 (m, 4H), 0.99-1.04(m, 2H), 1.40-1.55 (m, 11H), 1.70-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.20 (m, 1H),2.99-3.07 (m, 1H). 3.20-3.26 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.53 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.76 (m,1H), 7.07-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.26 (m, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of tert-butyl(2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl(2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamate(333 mg, 1.011 mmol) in 10 mL DCM, TFA (2.34 mL, 30.56 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution was concentratedand dried under high vacuum to give2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (347 mg, 100%) as a tanned solid. LCMS m/z=230.6[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.42-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.78 (s, 3H),0.90-0.98 (m, 4H), 1.05-1.10 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.81 (m,1H), 1.94-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.21-229 (m, 11H), 2.86-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.20(m, 1H), 6.79-6.83 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.29 (m, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of tert-butyl(2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamate

To an ice-cooled solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonylchloride (393 mg, 1.514 mmol) and triethylamine (0.563 mL, 3.984 mmol)in 10 mL DCM, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride(393 mg, 1.514 mmol) in 5 mL DCM was added slowly (over ca. 15 min).After 0.5 h. solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. Afterstirring at room temperature for 3 h, more triethylamine (0.1 mL) and(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (60 mg) dissolved in 1 mLDCM were added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for an additional 1 hourat room temperature and then, extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(297 mg, 66%). LCMS m/z=450.4 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.45-0.51 (m, 1H), 0.74 (s, 3H), 0.86-0.95 (m, 4H), 1.01-1.07 (m, 2H),1.42-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.16 (m,1H), 3.00-3.14 (m, 3H), 4.04-4.07 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 6.74-6.78 (m,1H), 7.08-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.23 (dd, J₁=8.1 Hz, J₂=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]

To a solution of acetic anhydride (20.9 μl, 0.222 mmol), methanesulfonicacid (89 μl, 1.371 mmol), and 1,3,5-trioxane (29.2 mg, 0.324 mmol) in 3mL DCE, a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(91 mg, 0.201 mmol) in 1 mL DCE was added. After stirring at roomtemperature for 1 h, solution was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and extracted with1 M NaHCO₃. Organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](28.3 mg, 30%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.62-0.67 (m,1H), 0.74 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.88-1.02 (m, 2H), 1.07-1.12 (m, 11H),1.18-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.67 (m, 3H), 3.17-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.99 (m,3H), 4.16 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dd, J₁=15.4 Hz, J₂=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.75(dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=2.0 Hz, 1H),7.01 (dd, J₁=7.2 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H).

Step J: Preparation of6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 102)

To a solution of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](52.3 mg, 0.113 mmol) in 2 mL toluene, 60% Red-Al in toluene (1.1 mL,3.382 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 4 h,solution was quenched by the careful addition of ice. The mixture wasconcentrated, CH₃CN was added, solids were filtered off, and filtratewas partly concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA) to give6′,6-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (20.1 mg, 50%). LCMS m/z=242.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.52-0.57 (m, 1H), 0.79 (s, 3H), 0.90 (s, 3H),0.95-1.01 (m, 1H), 1.03-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.78 (m,2H), 1.92-2.03 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.57 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.37(m, 2H), 6.85-6.90 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 2H).

Step K: Resolution of6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 102) Into Enantiomers 103 and 104

Compound 102 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phasepreparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions:

Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 μm(particle size), 250×20 mm (L×ID)Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5+0.1% triethylamine

Gradient: Isocratic

Flow: 10 mL/min

Detector: UV 254 nm

Retention Times: 1st enantiomer: 30.3 min; 2nd enantiomer: 32.7 min

Example 1.3: Preparation of1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 107) Step A:Preparation of 2-(3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.83 g, 20.75 mmol) in50 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (3.65 g, 20.61mmol) in 15 mL THF was added (over ca. 5 min). The mixture was placedinto an ice/water-bath and a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one(2.13 g, 14.57 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added. The mixture was allowed towarm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture was quenchedby the dropwise addition of water and extracted with water and AcOEt.Organic phases were concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC(CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TA). Fractions containing the product werepartly concentrated and residue extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give2-(3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (1.63 g, 66%) as anoil (E:Z=75:25). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.92-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.62(m, 0.5H), 2.86-2.92 (m, 3.5H). 5.27-5.28 (m, 0.25H), 5.73-5.74 (m,0.75H), 7.18-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.56 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 0.75H), 8.30 (dd, J₁=7.8Hz, J₂=0.96 Hz, 0.25H).

Step B: Preparation of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine

To an undetermined amount or raney nickel (slurry in water; washed threetimes with MeOH), a solution of2-(3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (1.62 g, 9.573 mmol)in ca. 80 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (15 mL, 105.0 mmol) wereadded. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60 psi hydrogenpressure over-the-weekend. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite,washed with additional MeOH, and concentrated to give2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine (86% pure, 1.71 g, 88%).LCMS m/z=176.6 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.65-1.90 (m, 6H),2.70-2.97 (m, 5H), 7.04-7.17 (m, 4H).

Step C: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To a solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine (86%pure, 1.6 g, 7.851 mmol) and triethylamine (1.91 mL, 13.72 mmol) in 70mL CH₂Cl₂, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride(2.4 g, 9.247 mmol) in 20 mL CH₂Cl₂ was added (over ca. 5 min). Afterstirring at room temperature for 2 h, the mixture was extracted with 1 MNaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(2.7 g, 86%). LCMS m/z=396.3 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.55-1.62(m, 1H), 1.68-1.93 (m, 5H), 2.73-2.87 (m, 3H), 3.08-3.13 (m, 2H),4.08-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 7.05-7.15 (m, 4H), 7.23 (dd, J₁=8.3 Hz,J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(110 mg, 0.276 mmol) in 2 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (42 mg, 0.466 mmol),acetic anhydride (26.1 μl, 0.276 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (112μl, 1.725 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 15min, solution was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and 1 M NaHCO₃. Combined organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(86.1 mg, 76%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.08-1.18 (m,1H), 1.49-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.72 (m, 3H), 1.91-1.99 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.86(m, 2H), 3.05-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.92(d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dd, J₁=15.3 Hz,J₂=1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J₁=8.3 Hz, J₂=2.0 Hz,1H), 7.07-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.31 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of tert-butyl3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate

To a solution of2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(83.0 mg, 0.202 mmol) in 4 mL toluene, 60%bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (2 mL, 6.15mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, solutionwas continued to be stirred at 80° C. After 5.5 h, vial was put in anice/water-bath and quenched by the slow addition of ca. 1 mL EtOH. Afterstirring under ice-cooling for 10 min, (BOC)₂O (150 mg, 0.687 mmol) wasadded. After stirring for another 30 min, the mixture was extracted withwater and AcOEt. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert-butyl3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate (30.2 mg,0.105 mmol, 52%). LCMS m/z=288.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.42(s, 9H), 1.64-1.81 (m, 5H), 1.95-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.77 (m, 2H),3.06-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.73 (m, 0.33H), 4.07-4.26(m, 1.77H), 4.54-4.65 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.14 (m, 3H).

Step F: Preparation of 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(Compound 107)

To a solution of tert-butyl3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate (10 mg,34.80 μmol) in 0.35 mL CH₂Cl₂, TFA (80 μl, 1.045 mmol) was added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 2 h, solution was concentrated andresidue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate(9.5 mg, 91%). LCMS m/z=188.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ1.69-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.94-2.00 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.84 (m,2H), 3.24-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.49 (m, 2H). 4.23 (dd, J₁=14.0 Hz, J₂=0.4Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 3H).

Example 1.4: Preparation of8-bromo-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 106)Step A: Preparation of2-(5-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.5 g, 12.50 mmol) in50 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (2.2 g, 12.42mmol) in 15 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperaturefor 5 min, a solution of 5-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (2.0 g,8.886 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperaturefor 4 h, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phasewas dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give 2-(5-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(2.18 g, 99%) (E:Z=61:39). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.96-2.05 (m, 2H),2.53-2.56 (m, 0.61H), 2.84-2.92 (m, 3.39H), 5.32-5.33 (m, 0.39H),5.71-5.72 (5, 0.61H), 7.08-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 0.61H),7.60-7.64 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.18 (m, 0.39H),

Step B: Preparation of tert-butyl(2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate

To a mixture of2-(5-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (1.04 g,4.192 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (4.09 g, 17.19 mmol) in80 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (2 g, 52.86 mmol) was added in smallportions over ca. 3 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight,di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.8 g, 8.248 mmol) was added. After stirringat room temperature for 1.5 h, the mixture was partly concentrated andresidue was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert-butyl(2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate (934 mg,63%) ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.68-1.88 (m, 6H),2.62-2.91 (m, 3H), 3.14-3.30 (m, 2H), (br s, 1H), 6.96-7.00 (m, 1H),7.09 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.0 Hz, 1H).

Step C: Preparation ofN-(2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide

To a solution of tert-butyl(2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate (928 mg,2.619 mmol in 26 mL CH₂Cl₂, TFA (6.05 mL, 79.01 mmol) was added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, solution was concentrated anddried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL CH₂Cl₂ andtriethylamine (1.83 mL, 13.13 mmol). And then, a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (780 mg, 3.005 mmol) in 6mL CH₂Cl₂ was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h,solution was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phase was driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to giveN-(2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide(690 mg, 55%). LCMS m/z=476.3 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ1.56-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.87 (m, 5H), 2.65-2.87 (m, 3H), 3.03-3.19 (m,2H), 4.09-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.20 (m, 2H), 6.97-7.03 (m, 2H), 7.24 (dd,J₁=8.3 Hz, J₂=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J₁=7.0 Hz, J₂=2.0 Hz, 1H),7.44-7.49 (m, 2H).

Step D: Preparation of8-bromo-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine

To a solution ofN-(2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide(612 mg, 1.282 mmol) in 13 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (340 mg, 3.775 mmol),acetic anhydride (0.121 mL, 1.282 mmol), methansulfonic acid (515 μl,7.931 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 15 min,solution was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8-bromo-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(484 mg, 77%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.17-1.28 (m,1H), 1.52-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.90(m, 1H), 2.61-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.91 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.12 (m, 1H),3.25-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.86 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (d,J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (dd, J₁=15.3 Hz, J₂=1.4Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.99 (dd, J₁=8.3 Hz, J₁=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34(d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation tert-butyl8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate

A mixture of8-bromo-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(429 mg, 0.877 mmol), phenol (181 mg, 1.923 mmol), and 48% hydrogenbromide in water (10 mL, 88.4 mmol) in 10 mL AcOH (in a high pressurevessel) was stirred at 120° C. (oil bath) for 2 d. The mixture wasconcentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1%TFA). Fractions containing the product were concentrated and dried underhigh vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 7 mL CH₂Cl₂ and triethylamine(0.122 mL, 0.877 mmol) and (BOC)₂O (380 mg, 1.741 mmol) was added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution was concentrated andresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert-butyl8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate(271 mg, 84%) as a colorless viscous oil. LCMS m/z=366.5 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.66-1.79 (m, 5H), 1.87-1.95 (m, 1H),2.62-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.86 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.29 (m,0.65H), 3.35-3.44 (m, 0.35H), 3.66-3.74 (m, 0.35H), 4.05-4.22 (m,1.65H), 4.51-4.62 (m, 1H), 6.90-7.03 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 1H).

Step F: Preparation of8-bromo-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 106)

To a solution of tert-butyl8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate(5 mg, 13.65 μmol) in 0.2 mL CH₂Cl₂, TFA (29 μl, 0.379 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature overnight, solution was concentratedand dried under high vacuum to give8-bromo-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (5.2 mg, 100%). LCMS m/z=266.0 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.72-2.07 (m, 6H), 2.67-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.86 (m,1H), 3.30-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.44 (m, 2H), 4.24 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.43(d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.5: Preparation of8-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound127)

A mixture of tert-butyl8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate(36 mg, 98.28 μmol), bis(tri-t-butylphosphine)palladium (10 mg, 19.57μmol), and 0.5 M cyclopropylzinc(II) bromide in THF (1 mL, 0.500 mmol)was stirred at 80° C. (oil bath) overnight. The mixture was extractedwith water and AcOEt. Organic phase was concentrated and residue waspurified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions containing theproduct were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1 mL CH₂Cl₂ andTFA (226 μl, 2.951 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperaturefor 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum togive 8-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (29.3 mg, 87%). LCMS m/z=228.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.51-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.99 (m, 2H), 1.72-2.08 (m,7H), 2.80-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.45 (m, 3H). 4.18 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41(d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.6: Preparation of8-fluoro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 138)

A solution of tert-butyl8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate(39 mg, 0.106 mmol) in 1 mL THF was cooled in a dry-ice/acetone-bath and2 M butyllithium in hexane (0.1 mL, 0.200 mmol) was added. Afterstirring at −78° C. for 0.5 h, a solution ofN-fluoro-N-(phenylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide (50 mg, 0.159 mmol) in 0.2mL THF was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature.After stirring for 2 h, the mixture was quenched by the slow addition ofwater and extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was concentratedand residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to givean inseparable mixture of desired Boc-product and de-bromination sideproduct (major). The residue was dissolved in 1 mL DCM and TFA (250 μl,3.265 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, themixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA) to give8-fluoro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (4.1 mg, 12%). LCMS m/z=206.9 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.72-2.10 (m, 6H), 2.64-2.79 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.49 (m, 3H),4.25 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H). 4.42 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.95 (m, 1H),7.21-7.24 (m, 1H).

Example 1.7: Preparation of8-chloro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 111)

To a solution of tert-butyl8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate(38 mg, 0.104 mmol) in 1 mL THF in a dry-ice/acetone-bath, 2 Mbutyllithium in hexane (0.1 mL, 0.200 mmol) was added. After stirring at−78° C. for 1 h, a solution of perchloroethane (52 mg, 0.220 mmol) in0.2 mL THF was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to roomtemperature. After 1 h, the mixture was quenched with water andextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were concentrated andresidue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA). Fractionscontaining Boc-product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1mL CH₂Cl₂ and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (300 μl, 3.918 mmol) was added.After stirring overnight, the mixture was concentrated and residue wasdried under high vacuum to give8-chloro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (3.3 mg, 10%).

LCMS m/z=222.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.29-1.39 (m, 1H),1.72-2.07 (m, 6H), 2.69-2.88 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.47 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, J=14.2Hz, 1H), 4.45 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.1Hz, 1H).

Example 1.8: Preparation7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound135) Step A: Preparation of2-(5-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.18 g, 4.500 mmol) in10 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (0.8 g, 4.516mmol) in 5 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperaturefor 5 min, a solution of 4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one(525 mg, 3.013 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added. After stirring at roomtemperature overnight, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water.Organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (480mg, 81%) (E:Z=67:33). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.31 (s, 1.98H), 1.32(s, 4.02H), 1.79-1.84 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.63 (m, 0.66), 2.91-2.95 (m,1.34H), 5.26-5.27 (m, 0.33H), 5.68-5.69 (m, 0.67H), 7.18-7.22 (m,0.67H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 0.33H), 7.36-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.51 (m, 0.67H),8.15-8.17 (m, 0.33H).

Step B: Preparation of2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,34-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine

To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed threetimes with MeOH), a solution of2-(4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (477mg, 2.418 mmol) in ca. 20 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (5 mL, 35.00mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60psi hydrogen pressure overnight. Raney nickel was filtered off throughcelite, washed with additional MeOH, and concentrated to give2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine (84% pure,504 mg, 86%). LCMS m/z=204.4 [M+1]⁺.

Step C: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To a solution of2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine (84% pure,501 mg, 2.070 mmol) and triethylamine (0.61 mL, 4.377 mmol) in 20 mLCH₂Cl₂, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (780mg, 3.005 mmol) in 10 mL CH₂Cl₂ was added. After stirring at roomtemperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) No give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(70% pure, 710 mg, 56%). LCMS m/z=424.3 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 1.21 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 31H), 1.53-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.95 (m, 4H),2.77-2.83 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.14 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.19 (m, 3H), 7.01-7.04 (m,1H), 7.08-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 2H).

Step D: Preparation of2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(70% pure, 705 mg, 1.157 mmol) in 10 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (177 mg,1.965 mmol), acetic anhydride (0.11 mL, 1.164 mmol), and methansulfonicacid (0.5 mL, 7.700 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperaturefor 10 min, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient). Fractions containing the product were concentrated andresidue was re-purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA). Fractionscontaining the product were concentrated and residue was extracted withCH₂Cl₂ and 1 M NaHCO₃. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated to give2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(325 mg, 64%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₂) δ 1.25 (s, 3H),1.33 (s, 3H), 1.43-1.69 (m, 5H), 2.03-2.11 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.14 (m, 1H),3.29-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.92 (m, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=15.0Hz, 1H), 4.54 (dd, J₁=15.0 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J₁=8.2 Hz,J₂=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J₁=7.3 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 1H),7.28 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz,J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound135)

A mixture of2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(194 mg, 0.443 mmol), phenol (85 mg, 0.903 mmol), and 48% hydrogenbromide in water (4 mL, 35.36 mmol) in 4 mL acetic acid was stirred at120° C. (oil bath). After 22 h, the mixture was concentrated and residuewas purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions containingthe product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL DCM andtriethylamine (310 μl, 2.224 mmol) and (BOC)₂O (0.2 g, 0.916 mmol) wereadded. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, solution wasconcentrated and residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing the desired productwere concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂ and TFA (1mL, 13.06 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h,the mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (83 mg, 57%). LCMS m/z=216.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.63 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.78(m, 2H), 1.85-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.20 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.33 (m, 1H),3.39-3.43 (m, 2H), 4.22 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H),7.15-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.4 Hz, 1H).

Step F: Resolution of Compound 135 into Enantiomers 110 and 122

Compound 135 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phasepreparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions:

Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 μm(particle size), 250×20 mm (L×ID)Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5+0.1% triethylamine

Gradient: Isocratic

Flow: 10 mL/min

Detector: UV 254 nm

Retention Times: 1^(st) enantiomer: 25.8 min; 2^(nd) enantiomer: 31.8min

Example 1.9: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 128) Step A: Preparation of1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene

To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (5.03 g, 14.08mmol) in 20 mL toluene, potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate (15 mL, 15.00mmol) was added. After stirring at 120° C. (oil bath) for 40 min, asolution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.01 g, 6.909 mmol) in 3 mLtoluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 10 min,allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted with water and AcOEt.Organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene(931 ng, 93%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.85 (m,2H), 2.52-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.84 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.93-4.95 (m, 1H),5.46-5.48 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.66 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene]

To a solution of 1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (904 mg,6.269 mmol) in 40 mL DCE, chloroiodomethane (5 g, 28.35 mmol) was added.Flask was placed into an ice/water-bath and 1 M diethylzine in hexanes(25 mL, 25.00 mmol) was added over ca. 5 min. After stirring underice-cooling for 1.5 h, the mixture was quenched by the slow addition of1 M NH₄Cl. The mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give 3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene](894 mg, 90%) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₁) δ 0.76-0.79(m, 2H), 0.94-0.97 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.88(t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.09 (m, 3H).

Step C: Preparation of2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one

To a mixture of 3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene](861 mg, 5.441 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (460 mg, 5.476 mmol), andRh₂(cap)₄ (29.6 mg, 69.94 μmol) in 20 mL DCE, 5.5 M2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (5 mL, 27.50 mmol) was added.The mixture was stirred at 40° C. (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh₂(cap)₄(25 mg) was added. After stirring overnight, the mixture was extractedwith water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (718 mg, 77%) as acolorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.97-1.00 (m, 2H), 1.09-1.11(m, 2H), 1.97-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.79 (m, 2H), 6.82 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz,J₂=0.64 Hz, 1H, 7.23-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J₁=7.8Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of2-(2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (270 mg, 6.75 mmol) in15 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.1 g, 6.210mmol) in 6 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperaturefor 5 min, a solution of2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (710 mg, 4.123 mmol)in 6 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, themixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phase was dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(628 mg, 78%) (E:Z=68:32). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.90-0.93 (m, 2H),1.03-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.86 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.69 (m, 0.64H), 2.96-3.00(m, 1.36H), 5.27-5.28 (m, 0.32H). 5.72-5.73 (m, 0.68H), 6.71-6.78 (m,1H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.2Hz, 0.68H), 8.21 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 0.32H).

Step E: Preparation of tert-butyl(2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbanate

To a mixture of2-(2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(626 mg, 3.206 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (3.05 g, 12.82mmol) in 60 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (1.5 g, 39.65 mmol) wasadded in small portions over 2 h. After stirring at room temperatureovernight, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.4 g, 6.415 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was partlyconcentrated and residue was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give tert-butyl(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamate(647 mg, 67%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.77-0.86 (m, 3H), 1.03-1.10(m, 1H), 1.34-1.38 (m, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.76-2.05 (m, 5H), 2.90-2.95(m, 1H), 3.17-3.33 (m, 2H), 4.52 (br s, 1H), 6.64-6.66 (m, 1H),7.04-7.12 (m, 3H).

Step F: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To a solution of tert-butyl(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamate(649 mg, 2.153 mmol) in 20 mL CH₂Cl₂, TFA (5 mL. 65.29 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture wasconcentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in15 mL CH₂Cl₂ and triethylamine (1.5 mL, 10.76 mmol). The mixture wascooled in an ice/water-bath and a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (837 mg, 3.225 mmol)dissolved in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂ was added slowly. The mixture was allowed towarm to room temperature and after 30 min, extracted with water andCH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(694 mg, 76%). LCMS m/z=422.3 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.78-0.87 (m, 3H), 1.05-1.08 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.42 (m,1H), 1.79-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.17 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.13(m, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 6.65-6.67 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.24 (dd,J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.0 Hz,1H).

Step G: Preparation of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(674 mg, 1.588 mmol) in 17 mL DCE, acetic anhydride (0.152 mL, 1.608mmol), 1,3,5-trioxane (352 mg, 3.908 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid(0.64 mL, 9.856 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for10 min, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](310 mg, 45%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.79-0.92 (m,3H), 1.19-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.56 (m, 11H), 1.70-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.91(m, 1H), 2.06-2.15 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.36 (m, 1H),3.75-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.92 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H),4.61 (dd, J₁=15.3 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72-6.77 (m, 2H), 7.00-7.03 (m,2H), 7.09-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 128)

To a solution of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](249 mg, 0.571 mmol) in 10 mL toluene, 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxyaluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (5 mL, 15.37 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, solution was continued to bestirred at 80° C. (oil bath). After stirring at 80° C. overnight, vialwas put in an ice-water bath and quenched by the slow addition of EtOH.After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min, (BOC)₂O (0.5 g, 2.291 mmol)was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1h, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient).Fractions containing BOC-protected product were concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in 6 mL CH₂Cl₂ and TFA (1.3 mL, 16.98 mmol) wasadded. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture wasconcentrated and dried under high vacuum to give2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azcpine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (125 mg, 67%). LCMS m/z=214.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.84-0.90 (in. 3H), 1.07-1.14 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.45 (nm, 1H),1.83-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.18-2.21 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.45 (m, 3H), 4.23 (d, J=14.1Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 6.81-6.86 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.16 (m, 2H).

Step I: Resolution of Compound 128 into Enantiomers 123 and 136

Compound 128 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phasepreparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions:

Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 μm(particle size), 250×20 mm (L×ID)Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5+0.1% triethylamine

Gradient: Isocratic

Flow: 10 mL/min

Detector: UV 254 nm

Retention Times: 1^(st) enantiomer: 32.9 min; 2^(nd) enantiomer: 38.7min

Example 1.10: Preparation of8-bromo-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(Compound 109) Step A: Preparation of8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.4 g, 10.00 mmol) in25 mL THF, a solution of 8-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (1 g,4.443 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). Afterstirring at room temperature for 10 min, iodomethane (0.56 mL, 8.976mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the mixturewas extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (791 mg, 70%) as acolorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.72 (s, 6H), 2.72-2.76 (m,2H), 3.06 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.54(m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene

A mixture of 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (786mg, 3.105 mmol), potassium hydroxide (1.7 g, 30.30 mmol), and hydrazine(1.19 mL, 37.91 mmol) in 25 mL ethyleneglycol (in a high pressure vial)was stirred at 205° C. (oil bath). After 2 h, the mixture was allowed tocool to room temperature and was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organicphase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (573 mg, 77%)as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.55 (s, 6H), 1.69-1.76(m, 4H), 2.80 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 6.85-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.01 (m, 1H),7.39-7.41 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one

To a mixture of 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (560mg, 2.342 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (106 mg, 1.262 mmol), and Rh₂(cap)₄(16.4 mg, 38.75 μmol) in 10 mL DCE, 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropanein decane (2.2 mL, 12.10 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40°C. (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (11.4 mg) was added. Afterstirring overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (488 mg, 82%) as acolorless oil. LCMS m/z=255.6 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.66 (s,6H), 2.02-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.70 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.77 (dd,J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J₁=7.7 Hz, J₂=1.6 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of give2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (120 mg, 3.000 mmol) in4 mL THF, a solution of5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (482 mg, 1.904mmol) in 8 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperaturefor 5 min, a solution of5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (482 mg, 1.904mmol) in 4 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature for 3 h,the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phase was driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(473 mg, 90%) (E:Z=56:44). LCMS m/z=276.5 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 1.59 (s, 2.6H), 1.60 (s, 3.4H), 1.86-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.52(m, 1H), 2.80-2.83 (m, 1H), 5.25-5.26 (m, 0.44H), 5.58-5.59 (m, 0.56H),7.02-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.4 Hz, 0.56H), 7.65-7.69 (m,1H), 8.02 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.4 Hz, 0.44H).

Step E: Preparation of tert-butyl(2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate

To a mixture of2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(502 mg, 1.818 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.77 g, 7.439mmol) in 40 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (990 mg, 26.17 mmol) wasadded in small portions over ca. 3 h. After stirring at room temperatureovernight, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1 g, 4.582 mmol) was added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was partlyconcentrated and residue was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organicphases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give tert-butyl(2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate(175 mg, 25%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.49 (s, 3H),1.57-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.74-1.92 (m, 4H), 2.82-2.88 (m, 1H),3.16-3.27 (m, 2H), 4.51 (br s, 1H), 6.90-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.4 Hz, 1H).

Step F: Preparation ofN-(2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dkhlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide

To a solution of tert-butyl(2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)carbamate(174 mg, 0.455 mmol) in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂, 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (1.1 mL,14.36 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h,solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue wasdissolved in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂ and triethylamine (320 μl, 2.299 mmol). Themixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (177 mg, 0.682 mmol) in 2mL CH₂Cl₂ was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to roomtemperature. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, more(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (100 mg) was added. Afterstirring at room temperature for another 1 h, the mixture was extractedwith water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to giveN-(2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide(168 mg, 73%). LCMS m/z=506.3 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.49 (s,3H), 1.53-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.74-1.89 (m, 4H), 2.82-2.88 (m,1H), 3.04-3.13 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.09 (m, 1H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 6.91-6.95 (m,1H), 6.99-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 3H).

Step G: Preparation of8-bromo-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(Compound 109)

To a solution ofN-(2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide(43.1 mg, 85.30 μmol) in 1 mL DCE, acetic anhydride (8.1 μl, 85.69μmol), 1,3,5-trioxane (19 mg, 0.211 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (35μl, 0.539 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 20min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give8-bromo-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(not pure). The residue was dissolved in 0.5 mL AcOH and phenol (8.1 mg,86.07 μmol) and 48% hydrogen bromide (0.5 mL, 9.208 mmol) were added.The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 2 h and then purified by HPLC(CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give8-bromo-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (1.5 mg, 4.3%). LCMS m/z=296.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.54 (s, 3H), 1.62 (s, 3H), 1.63-2.11 (m, 6H),3.30-3.46 (m, 3H), 4.23 (d, J=14.1H, 1H), 4.45 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08(d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.11: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 137) Step A: Preparation of8′-bromo-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-2′-one

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (365 mg, 9.13 mmol) in20 mL THF, a solution of 8-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (932mg, 4.141 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). Afterstirring at room temperature for 5 min, 1,4-diiodobutane (0.545 mL,4.145 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, themixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8′-bromo-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-2′-one(810 mg, 70%) as an off-white solid. LCMS m/z=281.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.79-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.15 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.57 (m, 2H),2.76-2.80 (m, 2H), 3.07 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H). 6.98-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.10(m, 1H), 7.53-7.55 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene

A mixture of8′-bromo-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-2′-one(800 mg, 2.866 mmol), potassium hydroxide (1.45 g, 25.84 mmol), andhydrazine (1.081 mL, 34.44 mmol) in 20 mL ethylene glycol (in a highpressure vessel) was stirred at 205° C. (oil bath). After 2 h, themixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8′-bromo-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalene] (370 mg,49%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.53-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.86 (m, 6H),2.01-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.81 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.86-6.90(m, 1H), 7.00-7.03 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.44 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of8′-bromo-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one

To a mixture of8′-bromo-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalene] (365 mg,1.376 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (130 mg, 1.547 mmol), and Rh₂(cap)₄(17.6 mg, 41.59 μmol) in 10 mL DCE, 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropanein decane (1.4 mL, 7.700 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40°C. (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (12.3 mg) was added. Afterstirring overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8′-bromo-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (280 mg,73%) as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z=281.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (4.00 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 1.73-1.92 (m, 4H), 2.04-2.19 (m. 4H), 2.60-2.67 (m, 4H), 7.11-7.15 (m,1H), 7.79 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (dd, J₁=7.7 Hz, J₂=1.6Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of2-(8′-bromo-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (68 mg, 1.700 mmol) in3 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (280 mg, 1.581mmol) in 3 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperaturefor 5 min, a solution of8′-bromo-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (284 mg,1.017 mmol) in 4 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperaturefor 5 h, the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water. Organic phaseswas dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give2-(8′-bromo-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(295 mg, 96%) (E:Z=60:40). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.57-1.66 (m, 2H),1.79-1.95 (m, 4H), 2.05-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.70 (m,2H), 2.75-2.78 (m, 1H), 5.25-5.26 (m, 0.4H), 5.60-5.61 (m, 0.6H),7.01-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.4H, 0.6H), 7.67-7.71 (m,1H), 8.04 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.4 Hz, 0.4H).

Step E: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed threetimes with MeOH), a solution of2-(8′-bromo-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(295 mg, 0.976 mmol) in ca. 10 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (2 ml,14.00 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker underca. 60 psi hydrogen pressure overnight. Raney nickel was filtered offthrough celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated and driedunder high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 7 mL CH₂Cl₂ andtriethylamine (0.272 mL, 1.954 mmol) and a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (380 mg, 1.464 mmol) in 3mL CH₂Cl₂ was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, themixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(180 mg, 41%) as an oil. LCMS m/z=450.4 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 1.56-2.02 (m, 14H), 2.77-2.83 (m, 1H). 3.09-3.15 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.09(m, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 7.00-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.19(m, 1H), 7.23-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 2H).

Step F: Preparation of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(175 mg, 0.387 mmol) in 4 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (100 mg, 1.110 mmol),acetic anhydride (37 μl, 0.391 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (166 μl,2.560 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 15 min,the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient).Fractions containing (mainly pure) product were concentrated to give2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](108 mg, 60%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.34-1.44 (m,1H), 1.56-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.90- m. 7H), 1.97-2.11 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.11(m, 1H), 3.28-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.93 (m, 2H), 4.31(d, J=15.1H, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J₁=15.1 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd,J₁=8.2H, J₂=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J₁=7.5 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.18(m, 1H), 7.25-7.33 (m, 3H).

Step G: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 137)

A mixture of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](105 mg, 0.226 mmol), phenol (50 mg, 0.531 mmol), and 48% hydrogenbromide in water (2 mL, 36.83 mmol) in 2 mL acetic acid was stirred at120° C. (oil bath). After 1 d, the mixture was concentrated and residuewas purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions containingthe product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 2 mL CH₂Cl₂and triethylamine (160 μl, 1.148 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate(140 mg, 0.641 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for0.5 h, solution was concentrated and residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractionscontaining desired product were concentrated. The residue was dissolvedin 2 mL CH₂Cl₂ and TFA (1 mL, 13.06 mmol) was added. After stirring atroom temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and dried underhigh vacuum to give2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (50.0 mg, 62%). LCMS m/z=242.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.65-2.15 (m, 14H), 3.24-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.44 (m,2H), 4.23 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.24 (m,2H), 7.41-7.43 (m, 1H).

Example 1.12: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 117) Step A: Preparation of3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-2′-one

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (1.2 g, 30.00 mmol) in70 mL THF a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (2.0 g, 13.68mmol) in 30 mL THF was added (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at roomtemperature for 10 min, 1,5-diiodopentane (2.04 mL, 13.71 mmol) wasadded. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture waspartly concentrated and residue was extracted with water and AcOEt.Organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-2′-one (2.24 g,76%) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.27-1.39 (m, 1H),1.62-1.79 (m, 7H), 2.10-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.70 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.19 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.40 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalene

A mixture of 3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-2′-one(1.05 g, 4.900 mmol), potassium hydroxide (2.58 g, 45.98 mmol), andhydrazine (1.85 mL, 58.94 mmol) in 50 mL ethylene glycol (in a highpressure vessel) was stirred at 205° C. (oil bath). After stirringovernight, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give 3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalene] (555 mg,57%) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.26-1.35 (m, 1H),1.48-1.84 (m, 13H), 2.75 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.02-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.14 (m,1H), 7.41 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one

To a mixture of 3′,4′-dihydro-2H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalene](550 mg, 2.746 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (283 mg, 3.369 mmol), andRh₂(cap)₄ (25.2 mg, 59.55 μmol) in 20 mL DCE, 5.5 M2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (0.247 g, 2.746 mmol) was added.The mixture was stirred at 40° C. (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh₂(cap)₄(20 mg) was added. After stirring overnight, the mixture was extractedwith water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (485 mg, 82%) as acolorless oil. LCMS m/z=215.0 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (4.00 MHz, CDCl₃) δ1.24-1.83 (m, 10H), 2.16-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.67 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.31 (m,1H), 7.52-7.57 (m, 2H), 8.01-8.04 (m, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of2-(2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (2.500 μl, 6.251 mmol)in 10 mL THF, a diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (610 mg, 3.444 mmol) in5 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min,a solution of 2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (484mg, 2.258 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added. After stirring at roomtemperature for 5 h, the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water.Organic phases was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(376 ng, 70%) (E:Z=63:37). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.25-1.80 (m, 10H),1.93-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.57 (m, 0.74), 2.84-2.88 (m, 1.26H), 5.25-5.26(m, 0.37H), 5.65-5.66 (m, 0.63H). 7.19-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H),7.47-7.50 (m, 1.63H), 8.11 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 0.37H).

Step E: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed threetimes with MeOH), a solution of2-(2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(374 mg, 1.576 mmol) in ca. 20 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (3 mL,21.00 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker underca. 60 psi hydrogen pressure overnight. Raney nickel was filtered offthrough celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated and driedunder high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 10 mL CH₂Cl₂ andtriethylamine (0.440 ml, 3.161 mmol) and a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (640 mg, 2.466 mmol) in 6mL CH₂Cl₂ was added slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5h, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(294 mg, 40.0%). LCMS m/z=464.5 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ1.23-1.69 (m, 10H), 1.74-1.95 (m, 6H), 2.74-2.81 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.15 (m,2H), 4.02-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 7.00-7.03 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m,1H), 7.16-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.23-2.26 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.50 (m, 3H).

Step F: Preparation of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(290 mg, 0.622 mmol) in 6 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (138 mg, 1.532 mmol),acetic anhydride (59 μl, 0.624 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (265 μl,4.086 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 15 min,the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient).Fractions containing the product were concentrated to give2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](251 mg, 84%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.24-1.67 (m, 12H), 1.75-1.80(m, 1H), 1.85-2.00 (m, 3H), 3.06-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.37 (m, 1H),3.71-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H),4.32 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (dd, J₁=15.0 Hz, J₂=1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd,J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J₁=7.2H, J₂=1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.19(m, 1H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 117)

A mixture of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](245 mg, 0.512 mmol), phenol (108 mg, 1.148 mmol), and 48% hydrogenbromide in water (3 mL, 55.25 mmol) in 3 mL acetic acid was stirred at120° C. (oil bath) (in a closed microwave vial). After 1 d, the mixturewas concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions containing the product were concentrated.The residue was dissolved in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂ and triethylamine (0.4 ml,2.870 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (250 mg, 1.145 mmol) wereadded. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h. solution wasconcentrated and residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing desired product wereconcentrated. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂ and2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (1.2 mL, 15.67 mmol) was added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated anddried under high vacuum to give2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (98 mg, 52%). LCMS m/z=242.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.29-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.82 (m, 10H), 1.85-2.08 (m, 5H),3.23-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.42 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (d,J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J₁=7.4 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.25 (m, 1H),7.57 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.0 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.13: Preparation of7′,7′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 121) Step A: Preparation of1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (640 mg, 16.00 mmol) in20 mL THF, a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (1.03 g, 7.046mmol) in 10 mL THF was added (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at roomtemperature for 20 min, iodomethane (0.880 mL, 14.10 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 50 min, the mixture was extractedwith water and AcOEt. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (991 mg, 81%) as acolorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₁) δ 1.44 (s, 6H), 2.67-2.71 (m,2H), 3.10 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H),7.33-7.36 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of1,1-dimethyl-2-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene

To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.61 g, 12.91mmol) in 20 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF (17mL, 17.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 120° C. (oil bath) for 40min, a solution of 1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (984 mg,5.647 mmol) in 3 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 120°C. for 10 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted withwater and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexanes) to give1,1-dimethyl-2-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (867 mg, 89%) asa colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.46 (s, 6H), 2.53 (dt,J₁=6.5 Hz, J₂=1.0 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 4.85-4.86 (m, 1H),4.91-4.92 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.36-738 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene]

To a solution of 1,1-dimethyl-2-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene(1.03 g, 5.979 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, chloroiodomethane (2.7 mL, 37.20mmol) was added. Flask was placed into an ice/water-bath and 1 Mdiethylzinc in hexane (30 mL, 30.00 mmol) was added over ca. 5 min.After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 h, the mixture was allowed towarm to room temperature. After stirring for two more hours, the mixturewas placed into an ice/water bath and quenched by the slow addition of 1M NH₄Cl. The mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and 1 M NH₄Cl. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane) to1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene](83% pure, 0.987 g, 74%) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.23-0.25 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.65 (m, 2H), 1.14 (s, 6H), 1.60 (t, J=6.3 Hz,2H), 2.82 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.05-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.32 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of1′,1′-dimethyl-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one

To a solution of1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene](83% pure. 977 mg, 4.353 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, sodium bicarbonate (240 mg,2.857 mmol), Rh₂(cap)₄ (27.1 mg, 41.41 μmol), and 5.5 M2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (5 mL, 27.50 mmol) were added.After stirring at 40° C. (oil bath) for 3 h, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (23.2 mg)was added. After stirring at 40° C. overnight, the mixture was extractedwith water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1′,1′-dimethyl-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (626mg, 72%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.30-0.33 (m, 2H), 0.71-0.74 (m,2H), 1.25 (s, 6H), 2.56 (s, 2H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H),7.51-7.55 (m, 1H), 8.02-8.04 (m, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (196 mg, 4.900 mmol) in10 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (843 mg, 4.759mmol) in 10 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperaturefor 5 min, a solution of1′,1′-dimethyl-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (622mg, 3.106 mmol) in 10 mL THF was added. After stirring at roomtemperature over the weekend, the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ andwater. Organic phases was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated.The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(265 mg, 38%) (E:Z=61:39). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) 0.28-0.31 (m, 1.22H),0.37-0.39 (m, 0.78H), 0.68-0.73 (m, 2H), 1.17 (s, 3.7H), 1.18 (s, 2.3H),2.32 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1.22H), 2.68 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 0.78H), 5.12-5.13 (m,0.61H). 5.65-5.66 (m. 0.39H), 7.19-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.43 (m, 2H),7.48-7.50 (m, 0.39H), 8.14-8.16 (m, 0.61H).

Step F: Preparation of2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethanamine

To a mixture of2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(262 mg, 1.173 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (647 mg, 2.719mmol) in 20 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (1.08 g, 28.55 mmol) wasadded in small portions over ca. 6 h. After stirring at room temperatureovernight, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (510 mg, 2.337 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was partlyconcentrated and residue was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient). Fractions containing Boc-protected product were concentrated.The residue was dissolved in 8 mL CH₂Cl₂ and TFA (2.7 mL, 35.26 mmol)was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution wasconcentrated and dried under high vacuum to give2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (304 mg, 76%) LCMS m/z=230.6 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.21-0.27 (m, 1H), 0.36-0.41 (m, 11H), 0.58-0.62 (m, 1H),0.78-0.81 (m, 1H), 1.09 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.65 (m, 1H),1.70-1.74 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.95-3.03 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.19 (m,3H), 7.38 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.6 Hz, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To a solution of2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (296 mg, 0.862 mmol) and triethylamine (0.6 mL,4.305 mmol) in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂, a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (360 mg, 1.387 mmol) in 4mL CH₂Cl₂ was added slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5h, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient).Fractions containing product were concentrated and residue wasre-purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions containingproduct were partly concentrated and residue was extracted with 1 MNaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(199 mg, 51%). LCMS m/z=450.1 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.16 (m,1H), 0.29-0.33 (m, 1H), 0.54-0.59 (m, 1H), 0.71 (m, 1H), 1.07 (s, 3H),1.17 (s, 3H), 1.51-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.87-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.96 (m, 1H),3.03-3.12 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.06 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 7.08-7.21 (m. 3H),7.22-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₁=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (m,2H).

Step H: Preparation of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7′,7′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azpine]

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1′,1′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(196 mg, 0.433 mmol) in 4 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (111 mg, 1.232 mmol),acetic anhydride (41 μl, 0.434 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (185 μl,2.853 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min,the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7′,7′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](141 mg, 70%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) 0.16-0.21 (m,1H), 0.27-0.32 (m, 1H), 0.48-0.53 (m, 1H), 0.68-0.71 (m, 1H), 1.13 (s,3H), 1.15 (s, 3H). 1.37-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.97-2.04 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.17 (m,1H), 3.23-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 4.27 (d, J=15.2Hz, 1H), 4.60 (dd, J₁=152 Hz, J₂=1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J₁=8.3 Hz,J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J₁=7.2 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 1H),7.28-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.38 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of7′,7′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 121)

To a solution of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7′,7′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](70.7 mg, 0.152 mmol) in 2 mL toluene, 60%bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.3 mL,3.997 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1.5 h,solution was continued to be stirred at 80° C. (oil bath). Afterstirring overnight, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath,quenched by the slow addition of water, concentrated, and residue waspurified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give7′,7′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,7′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (39.7 mg, 73%). LCMS m/z=242.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MH, CD₃OD) δ 0.25-0.29 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.43 (m, 1H). 0.54-0.58 (m,1H), 0.72-0.77 (m, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.55-1.60 (m, 1H),1.91-2.08 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.51 (m, 1H), 4.25 (dd,J₁=14.1 Hz, J₂=0.8 Hz. 1H), 4.43 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.24 (m, 2H),7.50 (dd, =7.8 Hz, J2=1.6 Hz, 1H).

Step J: Resolution of Compound 121 into Enantiomers 115 and 112

Compound 121 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phasepreparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions:

Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 μm(particle size), 250×20 mm (L×ID)Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5+0.1% triethylamine

Gradient: Isocratic

Flow: 10 mL/min

Detector: UV 254 nm

Retention Times: 1^(st) enantiomer: 28.9 min; 2^(nd) enantiomer: 35.6min

Example 1.14: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 130) Step A: Preparation of3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one

To a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (3.0 g, 20.52 mmol) in200 mL tBuOH, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF (62 mL, 62.00mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h,(2-chloroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide (5.19 g, 20.55 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature over-the-weekend, the mixture wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one (2.49 g,71%) LCMS m/z=191.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) 0.81-0.84 (m, 2H),1.39-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.00 (m, 2H), 3.01 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.33(m, 2H), 7.44-7.48 (m, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.1 Hz, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of8′-fluoro-1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene]

To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (8.8 g, 24.63mmol) in 60 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF (44mL, 44.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110° C. (oil bath) for 50min, a solution of3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one (2.489 g,14.45 mmol) in 10 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C. for 10 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted withwater and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexanes) to give1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene](2.01 g, 82%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.63-0.66(m, 2H), 0.81-0.84 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.66 (m, 2H), 2.90 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H),4.73 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.64-7.66 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of Compound 14 of FIG. 2, where R¹=H

To an ice-cooled solution of2′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene] (2.0g, 11.75 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (5.1 mL, 70.26 mmol) in 75 mL DCE,1 M diethylzinc in hexanes (59 mL, 59.00 mmol) was added over ca. 10min. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature (slightexotherm observed). After 1 h, suspension was quenched by the additionof 1 M NH₄Cl and extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Combined organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.57 g, 73%) as acolorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.23-0.26 (m, 2H), 0.29-0.32(m, 2H), 0.66-0.69 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.81 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.72 (m, 2H), 2.97(t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 6.66-6.69 (m, 11H), 7.03-7.11 (m, 3H).

Step D: Preparation of Compound 15 of FIG. 2, where R¹=H

To a solution of the product of Step C (1.557 g, 8.449 mmol) in 40 mLDCE, sodium bicarbonate (365 mg, 4.345 mmol), Rh₂(cap)₄ (132 mg, 0.202mmol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (10 mL, 55.00mmol) were added. After stirring at 40° C. (oil bath) for 3 h, moreRh₂(cap)₄ (125 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (10mL) were added. After stirring at 40° C. overnight, the mixture wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₂,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (1.15 g, 69%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) 0.34-0.42 (m, 4H), 0.86-0.89 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.99 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s,2H), 6.85 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=0.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.48(m, 1H), 8.08 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.4 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of Compound 16 of FIG. 2, where R¹=H

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (570 mg, 14.25 mmol) in20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (2.52 g, 14.23mmol) in 40 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring atroom temperature for 5 min, a solution of the product of Step D (1.15 g,5.800 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added. After stirring at 60° C. (oil bath)for 2 h, the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water+brine. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.18 g, 92%) as acolorless oil (E:Z=59:41). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.29-0.41 (m, 4H),0.78-0.91 (m, 4H), 2.43 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1.18H), 2.77 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 0.82H),5.15-5.16 (m, 0.59H), 5.72-5.73 (m, 0.41H), 6.73-6.78 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.26(m, 11H), 7.30-7.35 (m, 11H), 7.54 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 0.41H),8.23 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 0.59H).

Step F: Preparation of Compound 17 of FIG. 2, where R¹=H, Boc-protected

To a mixture of the product of Step E (1.18 g, 5.332 mmol) andcobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (6.9 g, 29.00 mmol) in 160 mL MeOH,sodium tetrahydroborate (5 g, 132.2 mmol) was added in small portionsover 5 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, di-tert-butyldicarbonate (3.3 g, 15.12 mmol) was added. After stirring at roomtemperature for 1 h, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue wasextracted with water+brine and CH₂Cl₂. Part of the organic layer wasseparated and the rest was filtered through celite (and washed withadditional CH₂Cl₂). Filtrate was extracted three more times with CH₂Cl₂.Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step(1.07 g, 61%) as a viscous oil the solidified while drying under highvacuum. LCMS m/z=328.6 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.18-0.24 (m,2H), 0.32-0.41 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.69 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.85 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s,9H), 1.70-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.96 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.09(m, 1H), 3.03-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.26 (m, 2H), 4.50 (br s, 1H),6.67-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 18 of FIG. 2, where R¹=H and R¹⁰ is3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step F (1.07 g, 3.268 mmol)in 33 mL CH₂Cl₂, TFA (7.5 mL, 97.94 mmol) was added. The mixture wasallowed to warm to room temperature. After 0.5 h, solution wasconcentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in40 mL DCM and DIEA (2.17 mL, 12.46 mmol), cooled in an ice/water-bath,and a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (1.73 g,6.666 mmol) in 10 mL CH₂Cl₂ was added (over ca. 5 min). After stirringat 0° C. for 1 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.23 g,84%). LCMS m/z=448.4 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.17-0.32 (m,3H), 0.37-0.42 (m, 1H), 0.62-0.70 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.82 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.68(m, 1H), 1.72-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.08 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.14 (m, 3H),4.04-4.07 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 6.69-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.15 (m, 3H),7.24 (dd, J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (m, 2H).

Step H: Preparation of Compound 19 of FIG. 2, where R¹=H and R¹⁰ is3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To a solution of the product of Step G (1.226 g, 2.722 mmol) in 30 mLDCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (583 ng, 6.472 mmol), acetic anhydride (0.257 mL,2.722 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (1.16 mL, 17.89 mmol) were added.After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extractedwith 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (435 mg, 35%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)0.10-0.177 (m, 2H), 0.29-0.33 (m, 1H), 0.39-0.43 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.65 (m,1H), 0.74-0.77 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.99 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.58 (m, 3H), 2.16-2.21(m, 1H), 3.25-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.96 (m, 3H), 4.32 (d, J=15.4 Hz, 1H),4.66 (dd, J₁=15.4 Hz, J₂=1.5H, 1H), 6.74 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.1 Hz, 1H),6.79 (dd, J₁=8.3 Hz, J₂=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.14 (m,1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step 1: Preparation of Compound 130, Boc-protected

To a solution of the product of Step H (430 mg, 0.930 mmol) in 10 mLtoluene, 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene(5 mL, 15.37 mmol) was added. The mixture was warmed to 80° C. (oilhath). After 3 h, more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodiumhydride in toluene (5 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80°C. After another 2 h, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath andquenched by the dropwise addition of 1 M NH₄Cl. The mixture was dilutedwith additional toluene (ca. 20 mL) and (BOC)₂O (1.5 g, 6.873 mmol) wasadded. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 h, 2M NH₄Cl (ca. 100 mL), followed by 1 M NaOH (ca. 100 mL) were added.After stirring for a while (ca. 0.5 h), the mixture was extracted withCH₂Cl₂ (3×). Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (234 mg, 74%) as colorless, viscous oil. LCMS m/z=340.2[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.15-0.19 (m, 2H), 0.36-0.40 (m, 2H),0.58-0.63 (m, 1H), 0.67-0.78 (m, 2H), 0.86-0.91 (m, 11H), 1.42 (s, 9H),1.55-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.06-2.16 (m. 11H), 3.17-3.37 (m,2H), 4.15-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.71 (m, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),6.99-7.14 (n, 2H).

Step J: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 130)

To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step I (231 mg, 0.680 mmol)in 7 mL CH₂Cl₂, TFA (1.58 mL, 20.63 mmol) was added. Solution wasallowed to warm to room temperature. After 0.5 h, solution wasconcentrated. The residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (ca. 10 mL) and 1.25 Mhydrogen chloride in EtOH (1 mL, 1.250 mmol) was added. The mixture wasconcentrated and dried under the high vacuum to give the title compoundfor this example 1.14 (188 mg, 100%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z=240.2[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.20-0.30 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.46 (m, 2H),0.67-0.84 (m, 3H), 0.89-0.94 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.16 (m,3H), 3.38-3.54 (m, 3H), 4.26 (d, J₁=14.1 Hz, J₂=0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (d,J=14.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.87 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.17 (m, 2H).

Step K: Resolution of Compound 130 into Enantiomers 114 and 113

Compound 130 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phasepreparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions:

Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 μm(particle size), 250×20 mm (L×ID)Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5+0.1% triethylamine

Gradient: Isocratic

Flow: 10 mL/min

Detector: UV 254 nm

Retention Times: 1^(st) enantiomer: 35.3 min; 2^(nd) enantiomer: 39.8min

Example 1.15:2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound131) Step A: Preparation of (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methanol

To a stirred solution of 1-phenylcyclobutanecarboxylic acid (2.51 g,14.24 mmol) in 50 mL THF at 60° C. (oil bath), 2 M lithium aluminumhydride in THF (20 mL, 40.00 mmol) was added slowly by an additionalfunnel (over ca. 45 min). After stirring for at 60° C. for 1 h, themixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath and quenched by the drop wiseaddition of 1 M NaOH. Solids were filtered, washed with additional THF,and filtrate was partly concentrated. The residue was extracted withbrine and CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated to give (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methanol (2.09 g,90) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.19 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H),1.85-1.93 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.38 (m,2H), 3.75 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.14-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.23 (m, 1H),7.31-7.36 (m, 2H).

Step B: Preparation of (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methyl methanesulfonate

To an ice-cooled solution of (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methanol (2.09 g, 12.88mmol) and triethylamine (3.6 mL, 25.83 mmol) in 100 mL CH₂Cl₂,methanesulfonyl chloride (1.5 mL, 19.30 mmol) was added slowly (over ca.10 min). After stirring under ice-cooling for 0.5 h. the mixture wasallowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring at room temperaturefor 3 h, solution was extracted with 1 M HCl. Organic phase was driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give(1-phenylcyclobutyl)methyl methanesulfonate (90% pure, 3.4 g, 99%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.87-1.97 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.37(m, 2H), 2.42-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 7.16-7.19 (m,2H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.35 (m, 2H).

Step C: Preparation of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetonitrile

To a solution of (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methyl methanesulfonate (90% pure,3.39 g, 12.70 mmol) in 100 mL DMF, cyanosodium (7.2 g, 146.9 mmol) wasadded. After stirring at 70° C. (oil bath) overnight, the mixture wasextracted with water and AcOEt. Combined organic phases were dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetonitrile (2.05 g, 94%) as a colorless liquid.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.89-1.98 (m, 11), 2.09-2.21 (m, 11H),2.28-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 2H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 2H),7.24-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 2H).

Step D: Preparation of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetic acid

A mixture of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetonitrile (1.92 g, 11.21 mmol) andconcentrated hydrogen chloride (200 mL, 2.400 mol) was stirred at 100°C. (oil bath) for 2.5 days. The mixture was partly concentrated (toabout 50 mL) and residue was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×). Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetic acid (2.07 g, 97%) as a tanned solid. LCMSm/z=189.4 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 1.71-1.81 (m, 1H),1.99-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.71 (s, 2H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 1H),7.18-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.29 (m, 2H), 11.78 (s, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethanol

To a stirred solution of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetic acid (2.06 g,10.83 mmol) in 50 mL THF at 60° C. (oil bath), 2 M lithium aluminumhydride in THF (15 mL, 30.00 mmol) was added slowly by an additionalfunnel (over ca. 20 min). After stirring at 60° C. for 0.5 h, themixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath and quenched by the drop wiseaddition of 1 M NaOH (ca. 30 mL). Solids were filtered, washed withadditional THF, and filtrate was partly concentrated. The residue wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethanol(1.93 g, 98%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.89 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),1.79-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.06-2.15 (m, 3H), 2.16-223 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.43 (m,2H), 3.42-3.47 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 2H).

Step F: Preparation of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethyl methanesulfonate

To an ice-cooled solution of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethanol (1.92 g,10.89 mmol) and triethylamine (3 mL, 21.52 mmol) in 50 mL CH₂Cl₂,methanesulfonyl chloride (1.3 mL, 16.73 mmol) was added slowly (over ca.10 min). After stirring under ice-cooling for 0.5 h, the mixture wasallowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring at room temperaturefor 3 h, solution was extracted with 1 M HCl. Organic phase was driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethyl methanesulfonate (89% pure, 3.1 g, 100%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.83-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.25(m, 2H), 2.28 (1, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.39-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 3.96(t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.11-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m,2H).

Step G: Preparation of 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanenitrile

A mixture of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethyl methanesulfonate (89% pure,3.09 g, 10.81 mmol) and cyanosodium (6 g, 122.4 mmol) in 100 mL DMF, wasstirred at 70° C. (oil bath) overnight. The mixture was extracted withwater and AcOEt. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give3-(-phenylcyclobutyl)propanenitrile (1.71 g, 85%) as a colorless liquid.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.83-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.99 (m, 2H),2.03-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.21 (m, 4H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.11 (m,2H), 7.19-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.35 (m, 2H).

Step H: Preparation of 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanoic acid

A mixture of 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanenitrile (1.7 g, 9.176 mmol)and concentrated hydrogen chloride (200 mL, 2.400 mol) was stirred at100° C. (oil bath). After 2.5 days, the mixture was allowed to cool toroom temperature and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×). Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, concentrated, and dried under high vacuum togive 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanoic acid (1.83 g, 98%) as a whitesolid. LCMS m/z=203.8 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 1.71-1.80 (m,1H), 1.83-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.14 (m, 5H), 2.21-2.29 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.12(m, 2H), 7.14-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.33 (m, 2H), 11.93 (s, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one

To a solution of 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanoic acid 1.83 g, 8.959mmol) in 100 mL CH₂Cl₂, oxalyl chloride (1.565 mL, 17.94 mmol) wasadded. Solution was stirred at room temperature (bubbling observed).After stirring overnight, solution was concentrated and dried under highvacuum. The residue was dissolved in 100 mL DCE and AlCl₃ (2.57 g, 19.27mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. (oil bath) for 4 h,poured onto ice, and extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexanes/AcOEt gradient)to give 2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (910 mg, 55%)as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z=187.0 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ2.08-2.23 (m, 4H), 2.29 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.37-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.69(m, 2H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz,J₂=1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.0 (dd, J₁=7.4 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H).

Step J: Preparation of2-(2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (450 mg, 11.25 mmol) in20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.71 g, 9.653mmol) in 10 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 10 min). After stirring atroom temperature for 5 min, a solution of2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one (905 mg, 4.859 mmol)in 5 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 days,the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water+brine. Organic phase wasdried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(980 mg, 96%) (E:Z=70:30). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.02-2.15 (m, 6H),2.33-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.58 (m, 0.6H), 2.85-2.89 (m, 1.4H), 5.26 (t,J=1.4 Hz, 0.3H), 5.67 (t, J=1.3 Hz, 0.7H), 7.19-7.23 (m, 0.7H),7.28-7.29 (m, 0.3H), 7.43-7.51 (m, 1.7H), 7.67 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.0Hz, 1H), 8.18 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 0.3H).

Step K: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed threetimes with MeOH), a solution of2-(2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(972 mg, 4.644 mmol) in ca. 50 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (7 mL,49.00 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker underca. 60 psi hydrogen pressure for 2 days. Raney nickel was filtered offthrough celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated and driedunder high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL CH₂Cl₂,triethylamine (1.29 mL, 9.255 mmol) and a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (1.77 g, 6.820 mmol) in 8mL CH₂Cl₂ was added slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h,the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient).Fractions containing product were concentrated and residue wasre-purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions containingproduct were partly concentrated and residue was extracted with 1 MNaHCO₁ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(886 mg, 44%). LCMS m/z=436.5 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ1.50-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.93 (m, 5H), 1.95-2.15 (m, 4H), 2.21-2.29 (m,1H), 2.40-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.13 (m, 2H), 4.08 (t,J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.15 (m, 1H),7.22-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61(dd, J₁=7.8H, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H).

Step L: Preparation of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorphenyl)-N-(2-(3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(888 mg, 2.025 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (314 mg, 3.486 mmol),acetic anhydride (0.2 mL, 2.116 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (0.85mL, 13.11 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10min, the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](595 mg, 65%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ1.18-1.28 (m,1H), 1.52-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.24(m, 5H), 2.53-2.61 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.33 (m, 1H),3.72-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.84 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H),4.29 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (dd, J₁=15.0 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd,J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J₁=7.3 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.68 (dd, J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=1.0 Hz, 1H).

Step M: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](Compound 131)

A mixture of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2′,3′,4′,4a,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azcpine](102 mg, 0.226 mmol), phenol (51 mg, 0.542 mmol), and 48% hydrogenbromide in water (2 mL, 36.81 mmol) in 2 mL AcOH (in a sealed microwavevial) was stirred at 120° C. (oil bath) overnight. The mixture waspartly concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA) to give2′,3′,4′,4a,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (51.0 mg, 66%). LCMS m/z=228.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.66-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.19 (m,8H), 2.25-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.50 (m, 11H), 3.21-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.42(m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 0.5H), 4.23 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=14.2 Hz,1H), 7.18 (dd, J₁=7.4 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77(dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.0 Hz, 1H).

Step N: Resolution of Compound 131 into Enantiomers 124 and 125

Compound 131 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phasepreparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions:

Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 μm(particle size), 250×20 mm (L×ID)Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5+0.1% triethylamine

Gradient: Isocratic

Flow: 10 mL/min

Detector: UV 254 nm

Retention Times: 1^(st) enantiomer: 29.8 min; 2^(nd) enantiomer: 35.4min

Example 1.16: Preparation of7-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound120) Step A: Preparation of 1-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene

A mixture of zinc(II) chloride (131 mg, 0.961 mmol) and lithium chloride(379 mg, 8.940 mmol) in a 50 mL round bottom flask were melt dried undervacuum using a heat gun. The mixture was allowed to cool to roomtemperature under nitrogen atmosphere and 1 M((trimethylsilyl)methyl)magnesium chloride in Et₂O (1.5 mL, 1.500 mmol)was added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, 1 Mcyclopropylmagnesium bromide in 2-methyl-THF (10 mL, 10.000 mmol) wasadded. After stirring for 1 h, flask was put into an ice/water-bath anda solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.0 g, 6.841 mmol) in 5mL THF was added. After stirring at 0° C. for 3 h, the mixture wasquenched by the slow addition of 1 M NH₄Cl and extracted with additional1 M NH₄Cl and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was dissolved in ca. 10 mL CH₂Cl₂ and ca. 3 mLTFA was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, solutionwas concentrated and residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing4-cyclopropyl-1,2-dihydronaphthalene were concentrated, residue wasdissolved in 25 mL CH₂Cl₂, triethylsilane (8 mL, 50.16 mmol) and TFA (4mL, 52.23 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h,solution was concentrated and residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (790 mg, 67%) as a colorlessoil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.16-0.24 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.51 (m, 2H),0.67-0.75 (m, 1H), 0.85-0.93 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.99 (m,3H), 2.72-2.85 (m, 2H), 5.05 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.56 (m,1H).

Step B: Preparation of4-cyclopropyl-4-hydroxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one

To a solution of 1-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (782 mg,4.539 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, sodium bicarbonate (200 mg, 2.381 mmol),Rh₂(cap)₄ (56 mg, 85.57 μmol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropanein decane (5.5 mL, 30.25 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40° C. for3 h, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (38 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane indecane (5.5 mL) were added. After stirring at 40° C. overnight, themixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give4-cyclopropyl-4-hydroxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (529 mg, 58%).LCMS m/z=201.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 0.28-0.47 (m, 4H),1.16-1.23 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.84 (m, 2H), 5.05 (s, 1H),7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.83 (m,1H).

Step C: Preparation of2-(4-cyclopropyl-4-hydroxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (143 mg, 3.575 mmol) in5 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (649 mg, 3.664mmol) in 5 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring atroom temperature for 5 min, a solution of4-cyclopropyl-4-hydroxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (507 mg, 2.507mmol) in 10 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperatureovernight, the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water+brine.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(4-cyclopropyl-4-hydroxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(465 mg, 82%) as a colorless oil (E:Z=72:28). LCMS m/z=224.3 [M−1]⁺. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.31-0.63 (m, 4H), 1.10-1.18 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s,0.28H), 1.60 (s, 0.72H), 2.00-2.20 (m, 2H) 2.72-2.88 (m, 0.56H),3.03-3.16 (m, 1.44H), 5.33-5.34 (m, 0.28H), 5.77-5.78 (m, 0.72H),7.29-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.56 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J₁=7.8Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 0.72H), 7.73 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 0.28H).

Step D: Preparation of2-(4-cyclopropyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a solution of2-(4-cyclopropyl-4-hydroxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(418 mg, 1.855 mmol) in 18 mL DCM, triethylsilane (0.296 mL, 1.855 mmol)and TFA (0.142 mL, 1.855 mmol) were added. After stirring at roomtemperature overnight, solution was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ andCH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(4-cyclopropyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (328mg, 85%) as an oil (E:Z=72:28). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.20-0.27 (m,1H), 0.38-0.59 (m, 2H), 0.68-0.77 (m, 1H), 0.84-0.93 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.90(m, 1H), 1.98-2.15 (m, 2H). 2.54-2.62 (m. 0.28H), 2.75-2.86 (m, 1H).3.09-3.16 (m, 0.72H), 5.28-5.30 (n, 0.28H), 5.73-5.74 (i, 0.72H),7.23-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.63 (m, 1.72H), 8.25 (dd, J1=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz,0.28H).

Step E: Preparation of2-(4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine

To a mixture of2-(4-cyclopropyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (330mg. 1.577 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.1 g, 4.623 mmol)in 30 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (2 g, 52.86 mmol) was added insmall portions over ca. 5 h. After stirring at room temperatureovernight, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (720 mg, 3.299 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was extractedwith water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containingBoc-protected product were concentrated. The residue was diluted in 16mL CH₂Cl₂ and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (4 mL, 52.23 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, solution was concentratedand dried under high vacuum to give2-(4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (330 mg, 64%). LCMS m/z=216.0 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.18-0.26 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.53 (m, 2H), 0.65-0.75 (m, 1H),0.80-0.89 (m, 1H), 1.57-2.19 (m, 7H), 2.86-3.06 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.19 (m,3H), 7.50-7.55 (m, 1H).

Step F: Preparation ofN-(2-(4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide

To a mixture of2-(4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (326 mg, 0.990 mmol) and triethylamine (0.687 mL,4.929 mmol) in 8 mL CH₂Cl₂, a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (385 mg, 1.483 mmol) in 2mL CH₂Cl₂ was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, themixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to giveN-(2-(4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide(198 mg, 46%). LCMS m/z=436.5 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.17-0.24 (m, 11H), 0.43-0.54 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.76 (m, 1H), 0.79-0.90 (m,1H), 1.44-2.09 (m, 7H), 2.78-2.87 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.19 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.19(m, 3H), 7.07-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 1H),7.44-7.58 (m, 3H).

Step G: Preparation of7-cyclopropyl-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine

To a solution ofN-(2-(4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide(195 mg, 0.445 mmol) in 4 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (70.7 mg, 0.785 mmol),acetic anhydride (42.1 μl, 0.445 mmol), and methansulfonic acid (185 μl,2.853 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min,the mixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give7-cyclopropyl-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(129 mg, 64%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃), δ 0.19-0.28 (m,1H), 0.46-0.56 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.91 (m, 2H), 1.04-2.25 (m, 7H), 3.07-3.25(m, 1H), 3.26-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.96 (m, 3H), 4.26-4.32 (m, 1H),4.55-4.65 (m, 1H), 6.80-6.86 (m, 1H), 6.93-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.32 (m,1H), 7.53-7.61 (m, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of7-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound120)

To a solution of7-cyclopropyl-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(124 mg, 0.275 mmol) in 3 mL toluene, 60%bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (3 mL, 9.22mmol) was added and stirred at 80° C. After stirring at 80° C.overnight, quenched by the slow addition of water, concentrated, andresidue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give7-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (35.3 mg, 38%). LCMS m/z=228.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.21-0.29 (m, 1H), 0.45-0.55 (m, 2H), 0.66-0.74 (m,1H), 0.76-0.88 (m, 1H), 1.59-2.37 (m, 7H), 3.24-3.49 (m, 3H), 4.22-4.26(m, 1H), 4.41-4.46 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.64 (m, 1H).

Example 1.17: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopentane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 129) Step A: Preparation of3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (1.4 g. 35.00 mmol) in90 mL THF, a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (2.0 g, 13.68mmol) in 10 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring atroom temperature for 0.5 h, 1,4-diiodobutane (1.799 mL, 13.68 mmol) wasadded. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture wasquenched by the slow addition of water, partly concentrated andextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one (2.19 g,80%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.51-1.58 (m, 2H),1.65-1.84 (m, 4H), 2.04-2.16 (m, 4H), 2.99 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 21), 7.21 (dd,J₁=7.6 Hz, J₂=0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.46 (m, 1H), 8.04(dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H).

Step B: Preparation1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2′-naphthalene]

To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.0 g, 11.20mmol) in 20 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF (15mL, 15.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110° C. (oil bath) for 40min, a solution of3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one (1.15 g,5.742 mmol) in 3 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C. for 10 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted withwater and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexanes) to give1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2′-naphthalene] (823mg, 72%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.47-1.55 (m,2H), 1.66-1.82 (m, 8H), 2.89 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s,1H), 7.07-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.57 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of Compound 62 of FIG. 7, where R¹=H

To an ice-cooled solution of1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2′-naphthalene] (818mg, 4.125 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (1.8 mL, 24.80 mmol) in 30 mL DCE,1 M diethylzinc in hexane (21 mL, 4.125 mmol) was added over ca. 10 min.The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 5 h,suspension was quenched by the addition of 1 M NH₄Cl and ice, andextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂ (3×). Combined organic phases were driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give thetitle compound for this step (608 mg, 69%) as a colorless liquid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.79-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.94 (m, 2H),1.20-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.65 (i, 4H), 1.76 (t, J=6.7Hz, 2H), 2.92 (t, b=6.7 Hz, 2H), 6.74-6.77 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.09 (m, 3H).

Step D: Preparation of Compound 63 of FIG. 7, where R¹=H

To a solution of the product of Step C (603 mg, 2.840 mmol) in 12 mLDCE, sodium bicarbonate (128 mg, 1.524 mmol), Rh₂(cap)₄ (40.9 mg, 62.50μmol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (3.4 mL, 18.70mmol) were added. After stirring at 40° C. overnight, the mixture wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (438 mg, 68%) as a colorless liquid. H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) 0.86-1.72 (m, 12H), 2.72 (s, 2H), 6.92 (s, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),7.22-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 1H), 8.02 (d, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.4 Hz,1H).

Step E: Preparation of Compound 64 of FIG. 7, where R¹=H

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (176 mg, 4.400 mmol) in10 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (701 mg, 3.957mmol) in 4 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring atroom temperature for 5 min, a solution of the product of Step D (438 mg,1.935 mmol) in 2 mL THF was added. After stirring at 60° C. (oil bath)overnight, the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water+brine.Organic phases were concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC(CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions containing product were partlyconcentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂C₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to givethe title compound for this step (263 mg, 55%) as a colorless oil(E:Z=77:23). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.88-0.91 (m, 2H), 1.05-1.08 (m,2H), 1.23-1.40 (m, 5H), 1.58-1.78 (m, 3H), 2.53 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 0.46H),2.86 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1.54H), 5.22-5.23 (m, 0.23H), 5.80-5.81 (m, 0.77H),6.80-6.85 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.24 (m, 1H). 7.29-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.54 (dd,J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 0.77H), 8.33 (dd, J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 0.23H)Step F: Preparation of Compound 65 of FIG. 7 , where R¹=H

To a mixture of the product of Step E (260 mg, 1.043 mmol) andcobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (599 mg, 2.518 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH,sodium tetrahydroborate (1.1 g, 29.08 mmol) was added in small portionsover ca. 5 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight,di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.5 g, 2.291 mmol) was added. After stirringat room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was partly concentrated andresidue was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were driedover MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybiotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractionscontaining Boc-protected product were concentrated. The residue wasdissolved in 10 mL CH₂Cl₂ and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (2.4 mL, 31.34mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solutionwas concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give the title compoundfor this step as the TFA salt (267 mg, 69%). LCMS m/z=256.6 [M+1]⁺. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.41-0.46 (m, 1H), 0.86-0.97 (m, 2H), 1.05-1.12(m, 1H), 1.20-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.72 (m, 6H), 1.95-2.05 (m, 2H),2.16-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.02 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.25 (m,1H), 6.86-6.88 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 66 of FIG. 7, where R¹=H and R¹⁰ is3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To a solution of the product of Step F (263 mg, 0.712 mmol) andtriethylamine (717 μl, 5.144 mmol) in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂, a solution of(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (534 mg, 2.058 mmol) in 5mL CH₂Cl₂ was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, themixture was extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases wereconcentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1%TFA). Fractions containing product were partly concentrated and residuewas extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound for thisstep (178 mg, 52%). LCMS m/z=476.5 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.45-0.50 (m, 1H), 0.84-0.93 (m, 2H), 1.01-1.07 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.30 (m,3H), 1.43-1.66 (m, 6H), 1.80-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.14(m, 3H), 3.99-4.03 (m, 1H), 1.98 (s, 2H), 6.81-6.83 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.16(m, 3H), 7.23 (dd, J₁=8.3 Hz, J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 2H).

Step H: Preparation of (Compound 67 of FIG. 7, where R¹=H and R¹⁰ is3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To a solution of the product of Step G (174 mg, 0.364 mmol) in 3.5 mLDCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (78 mg, 0.866 mmol), acetic anhydride (35 μl, 0.370mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (153 μl, 2.359 mmol) were added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexan/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (92.3 mg, 52%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)0.60-0.64 (m, 1H), 0.89-0.94 (m, 2H), 1.02-1.28 (m, 5H), 1.53-1.68 (m,7H), 1.91-1.97 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.98 (m, 3H), 4.17 (d,J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dd, J₁=15.3 Hz, J₂=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J₁=7.9Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J₁=8.3 Hz, J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.01-7.12 (m,3H), 7.30 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopentane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 129)

To a solution of the product of Step H (89.6 mg, 0.183 mmol) in 2 mLtoluene, 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene(1.8 mL, 5.535 mmol) was added and stirred at 80° C. After stirringovernight, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath, quenched by theslow addition of water, concentrated, and residue was purified by HPLC(CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give the title compound for thisexample 1.17 as the TFA salt (31.7 mg, 46%). LCMS m/z=268.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.49-0.54 (m, 1H), 0.92-1.01 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.14(m, 1H), 1.20-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.57-1.77 (m, 7H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 1H),2.10-2.15 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.56 (m, 3H), 4.25 (dd, J₁=14.0 Hz, J₂=1.1 Hz,1H), 4.36 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.96 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.15 (m, 2H).

Example 1.18: Preparation of(7aS)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(Compound 132) and Preparation of(7aR)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(Compound 118) Step A: Preparation of methyl2-oxo-1-phenethylcyclopentanecarboxylate

A mixture of methyl 2-oxocyclopentanecarboxylate (5.0 g, 35.17 mmol) andpotassium carbonate (14.8 g, 107.1 mmol) in 50 mL acetone was stirred atroom temperature. After 10 min, (2-bromoethyl)benzene (5.3 mL, 38.81mmol) was added and mixture was heated to 70′C (oil bath). Afterstirring overnight at 70° C., solid was filtered of and washed withadditional acetone. Filtrate was concentrated and residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to givemethyl 2-oxo-1-phenethylcyclopentanecarboxylate (3.67 g, 42%) as acolorless liquid. LCMS m/z=247.1 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ1.78-2.71 (m, 10H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 7.16-7.32 (m, 5H).

Step B: Preparation of 2-phenethylcyclopentanone

A mixture of methyl 2-oxo-1-phenethylcyclopentanecarboxylate (3.68 g,14.94 mmol) and 6 M hydrogen chloride in water (20 mL, 120.0 mmol) in 40mL acetic acid was stirred at 100° C. (oil bath) overnight. Solution wasconcentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-phenethylcyclopentanone (1.42 g, 51%)as a colorless liquid. LCMS m/z=189.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ1.51-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.97-2.17 (m, 4H), 2.20-2.34 (m,2H), 2.61-2.77 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.29 (m, 5H).

Step C: Preparation of 2-phenethylcyclopentanol

To a solution of 2-phenethylcyclopentanone (1.41 g, 7.489 mmol) in 40 mLMeOH, sodium borohydride (0.3 g, 7.930 mmol) was added in small portionsover ca. 15 min After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, themixture was concentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M HCl andCH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, concentrated,and dried under high vacuum to give 2-phenethylcyclopentanol (1.37 g,96%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.20-2.01 (m,11H), 2.59-2.74 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.29 (m, 5H).

Step D: Preparation of2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene

To a solution of 2-phenethylcyclopentanol (1.28 g, 6.727 mmol) in 100 mLCH₂Cl₂, 0.33 M trifluoromethanesulfonic acid in DCM (21 mL, 6.930 mmol;prepared by adding 5 g (33.3 mmol) trifluoromethanesulfonic acid into100 mL CH₂Cl₂) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight,the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give 2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene (1.08 g,93%) as a colorless liquid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) 1.41-1.65 (m, 4H),1.69-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.33 (m,1H), 2.63-2.73 (m, 2H), 3.03-3.10 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.19 (m, 4H).

Step E: Preparation of2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-one

To a solution of 2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene(769 mg, 4.464 mmol) in 40 mL acetic acid, chromium trioxide (890 mg,8.901 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 4 h, themixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-one (48 mg, 6%).LCMS m/z=187.1 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.48-1.56 (m, 1H),1.75-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.16-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.79 (m,1H), 3.23-3.29 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.95-7.97(m, 1H).

Step F: Preparation of2-(2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (23 mg, 0.575 mmol) in1 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (100 mg, 0.565mmol) in 2 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring atmom temperature for 5 min, a solution of2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-one (52 mg, 0.279mmol) in 1 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature for 4 h,the mixture was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water+brine. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give2-(2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-ylidene)acetonitrile(48.4 mg, 83%) as a colorless oil (E:Z=59:41). LCMS m/z=210.3 [M+1]⁺. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.38-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.93-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.26(m, 1H), 2.34-2.88 (m, 3H), 3.20-3.29 (m, 1H), 5.26-5.27 (m, 0.41H),5.64-5.65 (m, 0.59H), 7.17-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.43 (dd,J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=0.9 Hz, 0.59H), 8.00-8.02 (m, 0.41H).

Step G: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed threetimes with MeOH), a solution of2-(2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-ylidene)acetonitrile(48 mg, 0.229 mmol) in ca. 5 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (1 mL,7.000 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker underca. 60 psi hydrogen pressure for 5 days. Raney nickel was filtered offthrough celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated, and driedunder high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 3 mL CH₂Cl₂ andtriethylamine (65 μl, 0.466 mmol) and(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (78.2 mg, 0.301 mmol) wereadded. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containingproduct were concentrated and residue was re-purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% c TFA). Fractions containing product were partlyconcentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(43.7 mg, 44%). LCMS in/z=436.5 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ1.31-1.88 (m, 7H), 1.97-2.40 (m, 4H), 2.71-2.82 (1, 1H), 2.97-3.18 (m,3H), 4.02-4.20 (m, 3H), 6.97-6.99-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.44-7.50 (m, 2H).

Step H: Preparation of(7aS)-5-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-5,6,7,7a,8,a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepineand(7aR)-5-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sufonyl)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine

To a mixture of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(41.4 mg, 94.43 μmol), acetic anhydride (9 μl, 95.21 μmol), and1,3,5-trioxane (40 mg, 0.444 mmol) in 1 mL DCE, methanesulfonic acid (40μl, 0.617 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 10min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt)followed by re-purification of the mix-fractions by prep TLC (1 mm SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt 5:1) to give a first-eluting enantiomer (less polar, firstpeak coming off biotage column) as a white solid and a second-elutingenantiomer (12.7 mg, 28.20 μmol, 29.9%) (more polar, second peak comingoff biotage column) as a viscous, colorless oil. Less polar isomer: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.19-1.84 (m, 8H), 1.98-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.20(m, 2H), 3.00-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.86 (m, 3H), 4.40(d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (dd, J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=2.0Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=2.0H, 1H), J=7.07 (dd, J₁=7.2 Hz, J₂=1.1 Hz, 1H),7.13-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H). Morepolar isomer: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.21-1.88H (m, 8H), 1.91-2.00(m, 1H), 2.10-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.98 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.36 (m, 1H).3.74-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.96-4.04 (m, 2H), 4.19 (d, J=15.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (dd,J₁=15.8 Hz, J₂=1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J₁=8.3 Hz, J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.98(dd, J₁=7.2 Hz, J2=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J₁=7.7 Hz,J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step 1-1 and 1-2: Preparation of(7aS)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(Compound 132) and of(7aR)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(Compound 118)

Step 1-1: To the less polar isomer from Step H, 17.2 mg, 38.19 μmol) in0.5 mL acetic acid, 48% hydrogen bromide in water (0.5 mL, 4.417 mmol)was added. The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 4 h and then, purifiedby HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give the corresponding compoundof Formula I. LCMS m/z=228.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.47-1.86(m, 6H), 1.93-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.33 (m, 2H),3.00-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.42 (m, 2H), 4.22 (d, J=14.0Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.31 (m, 1H).

Step 1-2: To the more polar isomer from Step H, 12.6 mg, 27.97 μmol) in0.5 mL acetic acid. 48% hydrogen bromide in water (0.5 mL, 4.417 mmol)was added. The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 4 h and then, purifiedby HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give the corresponding compoundof Formula I. LCMS m/z=228.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.33-1.43(m, 1H), 1.51-1.91 (m, 6H), 1.95-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.25 (m, 2H),2.94-3.01 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.56 (m,1H), 4.25-4.30 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.28 (m, 1H).

5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine(Compound 140) may be prepared from equal amounts of the two enantiomers132 and 118, for example by stirring together equal amounts of the twoenantiomers in a solvent, followed by solvent removal.

Example 1.19: Preparation of8′-ethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 101) Step A: Preparation of8′-bromo-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one

To a solution of 8-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (2.0 g, 8.886mmol) in 80 mL tBuOH, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF (27mL, 27.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h,(2-chloroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide (2.3 g, 9.107 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature over-the-weekend, the mixture wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to8′-bromo-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one(1.67 g, 75%). LCMS m/z=251.3 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.85-0.87 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.01 (m, 2H),7.19-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of8′-bromo-1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene]

To a suspension of 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF (8.7 mL,8.700 mmol) in 25 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate inTHF (8.7 mL, 8.700 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110° C. (oil bath)for 40 min, a solution of8′-bromo-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one(1.45 g, 5.774 mmol) in 8 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirredat 110° C. for 20 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, andextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexanes) to give8′-bromo-1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene](1.41 g, 98%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.59-0.62(m, 2H), 0.86-0.88 (m, 2H), 1.73 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (t, J=6.6 Hz2H), 5.21 (s. 1H), 5.59 (s, 1H), 6.96-7.00 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.09 (m, 1H),7.46-7.48 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of the Following Compound

To an ice-cooled solution of8′-bromo-1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2′-naphthalene](1.41 g, 5.659 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (2.465 mL, 33.96 mmol) in 40mL DCE, 1 M diethylzine in hexane (29 mL, 29.00 mmol) was added over ca.5 min. After stirring at 0° C. for 2 h, the mixture was continued to bestirred at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h,the mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and quenched by the additionof 1 M NH₄Cl. The residue was extracted with additional 1 M NH₄Cl andCH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexanes) to give the title compound for this step (1.36 g, 91%)as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.18-0.20 (m, 2H),0.42-0.44 (m, 2H), 0.73-0.75 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.79 (t, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 2.93 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.94-6.98 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.12 (m, 1H),7.33-7.35 (m, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of the Following Compound

To a mixture of the product of step C (1.36 g, 5.168 mmol), sodiumbicarbonate (236 mg, 2.809 mmol), and Rh₂(cap)₄ (71.1 mg, 0.109 mmol) in20 mL DCE, 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (4.7 mL, 25.85mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. (oil bath). After 3h, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (75 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane indecane (4.7 mL) were added. After stirring for 3 more hours, moreRh₂(cap)₄ (77 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (4.7mL) were added. After stirring overnight, more Rh₂(cap)₄ (77 mg) and 5.5M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (4.7 mL) were added. Afterstirring for 6 more hours, the mixture was extracted with water andCH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step(798 mg, 56%) as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z=277.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.35-0.38 (m, 2H), 0.53-0.56 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.84 (m, 2H),1.78-1.83 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.64 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.67 (dd,J₁=7.9 Hz, J₂=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J₁=7.6 Hz, J₂=1.5 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of the Following Compound

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (305 mg, 7.63 mmol) in20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.35 g, 7.621mmol) in 20 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring atroom temperature for 5 min, a solution of the product of Step D (795 mg,2.868 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added. After stirring at 60° C. (oil bath)for 40 min, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue wasextracted with CH₂Cl₂ and water Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (838 mg, 97%) as a colorless oil (E:Z=56:44). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.29-0.32 (m, 1H), 0.36-0.39 (m, 1H). 0.51-0.55 (m, 2H),0.75-0.82 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.38 (m, 2H), 2.69 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 0.88H), 2.9 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 1.12H), 5.34-5.35 (m, 0.44H), 5.68-5.69 (m, 0.56H), 7.04-7.08(m, 0.56H), 7.13-7.16 (m, 0.44H), 7.37 (dd, J₁=7.6 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz,0.56H), 7.53-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J₁=7.6 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 0.44H).

Step F: Preparation of Compound 16 of FIG. 4, where R¹ is Ethyl

A mixture of the product of Step E (307 mg, 1.023 mmol),bis(tri-t-butylphosphine)palladium (25 mg, 48.73 μmol), and 1 Mdiethylzinc in hexanes (3 ml, 3.000 mmol) in 10 mL THF was stirred at60° C. (oil bath). After 2.5 h, the mixture was cooled in anice/water-bath and quenched by the dropwise addition of 2 M NH₄Cl. Theresidue was extracted with 2 M NH₄Cl and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to givethe title compound for this step (216 mg, 85%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 0.29-0.32 (m, 1H), 0.35-0.38 (m, 1H), 0.46-0.49 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.73 (m,1H), 0.78-0.82 (m, 1H), 0.85-0.92 (m, 2H), 1.15-1.20 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.72(m, 3H), 2.89-2.90 (m, 1H), 5.29-5.30 (m, 0.56H), 5.65-5.66 (m, 0.44H),7.14-7.28 (m, 2.56H), 7.66 (dd, J₁=7.2 Hz, J₂=1.6 HZ, 0.44H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 17 of FIG. 4, where R¹ is ethyl

To a mixture of the product of step F (215 mg, 0.862 mmol) andcobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (650 mg, 2.732 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH,sodium tetrahydroborate (1 g, 26.43 mmol) was added in small portionsover 6 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight. (BOC)₂O (1 g,4.582 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, themixture was partly concentrated. The residue was diluted with water andCH₂Cl₂ and shaken in a separatory funnel. Phases were filtered throughcelite and separated. Aqueous phase was washed twice more with CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂,hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing Boc-protected product wereconcentrated. The residue was dissolved in 10 mL CH₂Cl₂, cooled in anice/water-bath, and TFA (2 mL, 26.12 mmol) was added. After stirring at0° C. for 2.5 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuumto give the title compound for this step (191 mg, 60%). LCMS m/z=256.4[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.13-0.18 (m, 1H), 0.24-0.29 (m, 1H),0.39-0.48 (m, 3H), 0.65-0.70 (m, 1H), 0.88-0.93 (m, 1H), 1.11-1.33 (m,6H), 1.85-1.94 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.82(m, 2H), 3.10-3.14 (m, 2H), 7.02-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.14 (m, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of Compound 18 of FIG. 4, where R¹ is ethyl and R¹⁰is 3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To an ice-cooled solution of the product of step G (189 mg, 0.512 mmol)and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (267 μl, 1.533 mmol) in 5 mLCH₂Cl₂, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (199mg, 0.767 mmol) dissolved in 2 mL CH₂Cl₂ was added slowly by a syringepump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0° C. for 0.5 h, the mixturewas extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the titlecompound for this step (172 mg, 70%). LCMS m/z=476.5 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.15-0.18 (m, 1H), 0.20-0.23 (m, 1H), 0.32-0.37 (m, 1H).0.40-0.46 (m, 2H), 0.57-0.62 (m, 1H), 0.81-0.86 (m, 1H), 1.10-1.28 (m,5H), 1.70-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.98 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.81(m, 1H), 3.18-3.28 (m, 3H), 4.13-4.21 (m, 3H), 6.98 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.05 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d,J=8.2H, 1H), 7.52 (d, =2.1 Hz, 1H).

Step 1: Preparation of Compound 19 of FIG. 4, where R¹ is ethyl and R¹⁰is 3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To a solution of the product of Step H (171 mg, 0.357 mmol) in 4 mL DCE,1,3,5-trioxane (80 me, 0.888 mmol), acetic anhydride (34 μl, 0.360mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (147 μl, 2.267 mmol) were added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (110 mg, 63%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.181-0.276 (m,2H), 0.30-0.35 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.54 (m, 2H), 0.60-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.81-0.86(m, 1H), 1.02-1.07 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.57-1.63 (m, 1H),1.86-1.99 (m, 3H), 2.60-2.75 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.82 (d, J=13.8Hz, 1H), 3.94 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=16.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (d,J=16.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.99 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.29 (m,2H).

Step J: Preparation of8′-ethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 101)

To a solution of Reactant 7 (107.7 mg, 0.220 mmol) in 3 mL toluene, 60%bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.5 mL,4.612 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. (oil bath).After 3 h, more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride intoluene (1.5 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80° C. Afteranother 3 h, the mixture was diluted with toluene (ca. 10 mL), cooled inan ice-water bath, and quenched by the dropwise addition of 1 M NH₄Cl.After stirring for 0.5 h, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (265 mg, 1.214 mmol)was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1h, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient).Fractions containing Boc-protected product were concentrated. Theresidue was dissolved in 3 mL CH₂Cl₂, cooled in an ice-water bath, andTFA (551 μl, 7.195 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0° C. for 1.5 h,the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA) to give the title compound for this example 1.19(40.3 mg, 48%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z=268.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CD₃OD) δ 0.21-0.26 (m, 1H), 0.29-0.40 (m, 2H), 0.47-0.52 (m, 1H),0.69-0.75 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.96-1.03 (m, 1H). 1.16 (t, J=7.5Hz, 3H). 1.71-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.98 (m, 1H), 2.02-2.08 (m, 1H),2.15-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.76 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.44 (m, 2H). 3.58-3.66 (m,1H), 4.29 (d, J=14.7 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, 1=14.7 Hz, 1H), 7.02-7.06 (m,2H).

Example 1.20: Preparation of8′-methyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine]Compound116) Step A: Preparation of Compound 16 of FIG. 4, where R¹ is methyl

A mixture of the product of Step E in Example 1.19 (298 mg, 0.993 mmol),bis(tri-tert-butylphosphoranyl)palladium (25 mg, 48.73 μmol), and 1 Mdimethylzinc in heptane (3 mL, 3.000 mmol) in 10 mL THF was stirred at60° C. (oil bath). After 4 h, the mixture was cooled in anice/water-bath and quenched by the dropwisc addition of 2 M NH₄Cl. Theresidue was extracted with 2 M NH₄Cl and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to givethe title compound for this step (219 mg, 94%) as an off-white solid.LCMS m/z=236.3 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) β 0.29-0.31 (m, 1H),0.35-0.38 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.47 (m, 2H), 0.69-0.72 (m, 1H), 0.76-0.79 (m,1H), 0.87-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.92-0.95 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 1.68H), 2.33 (s,1.32H), 2.69 (d, 1=1.8 Hz, 0.88H), 2.90 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1.12H), 5.28-5.30(m, 0.44H), 5.66-5.67 (m, 0.56H), 7.09-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.30 (m,0.56H), 7.68 (dd, J₁=7.4 Hz, J₂=1.1 Hz, 0.44H).

Step B: Preparation of Compound 17 of FIG. 4, where R¹ is methyl

To a mixture of the product of Step A (215 mg, 0.914 mmol) andcobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (660 mg, 2.774 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH,sodium tetrahydroborate (1 g, 26.43 mmol) was added in small portionsover 6 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, di-tert-butyldicarbonate (1 g, 4.582 mmol) was added. After stirring at roomtemperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was partly concentrated. The residuewas diluted with water and CH₂Cl₂ and shaken in a separatory funnel.Phases were filtered through celite and separated. Aqueous phase waswashed twice more with CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containingBoc-protected product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 10mL CH₂Cl₂, cooled in an ice-water bath, and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid(2.1 mL, 27.42 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0° C. for 1.5 h,solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give the titlecompound for this step (191 mg, 60%) as an off-white solid. LCMSm/z=242.0 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.15-0.18 (m, 1H), 0.24-0.28(m, 1H), 0.37-0.49 (m, 3H), 0.64-0.69 (m, 1H), 0.86-0.91 (m, 1H),1.12-1.17 (m, 1H). 1.29-1.34 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.94 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.10 (m,1H), 2.32-2.40 (m, 4H), 3.09-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.33 (m, 1H), 6.96-6.98(m, 1H), 7.03-7.09 (m, 2H).

Step C: Preparation of Compound 18 of FIG. 4, where R¹ is methyl and R¹⁰is 3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step B (255 mg, 0.567 mmol)and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (375 μl, 2.167 mmol) in 7 mLCH₂Cl₂, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (220mg, 0.848 mmol) dissolved in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂ was added slowly by a syringepump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0° C. for 0.5 h, the mixturewas extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the titlecompound for this step (213 mg, 81%). LCMS m/z=462.5 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.15-0.18 (m, 1H), 0.20-0.25 (m, 1H), 0.30-0.35 (m, 1H),0.40-0.48 (m, 2H), 0.57-0.62 (m, 1H), 0.80-0.84 (m, 1H), 1.09-1.13 (m,1H), 1.23-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.99 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.28(m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.16-3.25 (m, 3H), 4.13-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.21 (s,2H), 6.99 (d, J=7.6 Hz 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.46(d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of Compound 19 of FIG. 4, where R¹ is methyl and R¹⁰is 3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To a solution of the product of Step C (210 mg, 0.452 mmol) in 5 mL DCE,1,3,5-trioxane (110 mg, 1.221 mmol), acetic anhydride (43 μl, 0.455mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (182 μl, 2.807 mmol) were added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 5 min, the mixture was extracted with 1M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step(165 mg, 77%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.18-0.27 (m, 2H), 0.29-0.33(m, 1H), 0.43-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.57-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.82 (m, 1H),1.10-1.15 (n, 1H), 1.56-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.95 (m, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H),3.40-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (d,J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (d, J=16.1 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J=16.1 Hz, 1H), 6.81(d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=2.1Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H). Step E:Preparation of8′-methyl-2′,3′,4′,4a,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 116)

To a solution of the product of Step C (163 mg, 0.342 mmol) in 3 mLtoluene, 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(II) sodium hydride in toluene(3 mL, 9.22 mmol) was added. After stirring at 80° C. (oil bath) for 4h, more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene(3 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80° C. After another 2h, the mixture was diluted with toluene, cooled in an ice/water-bath,and quenched by the dropwise addition of 1 M NH₄Cl. After stirring for0.5 h, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (746 mg, 3.418 mmol) was added. Afterstirring for ca. 0.5 h, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH andCH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing Boc-protectedproduct were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 3 mL CH₂Cl₂,cooled in an ice/water-bath, and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (786 μl,10.26 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0° C. for 1 h, the mixture wasconcentrated to give the title compound for this Example 1.20 (63.4 mg,50%). LCMS m/z=254.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.22-0.26 (m,1H), 0.29-0.37 (m, 2H), 0.46-0.50 (m, 1H), 0.66-0.72 (m, 1H), 0.81-0.89(m, 2H), 1.04-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.99 (m, 11H),2.02-2.07 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.37-3.48 (m, 2H),3.55-3.63 (m, 1H), 4.30 (d, J=14.6 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=14.6 Hz, 1H),6.96-7.01 (m, 2H).

Example 1,21: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclobutane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′.1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 108) Step A: Preparation of ethyl1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylate

To a solution of diisopropylamine (2.84 mL, 20.26 mmol) in 40 mL THF,cooled in a acetonitrile/dry-ice bath, 2.5 M butyllithium in hexanes (9mL, 22.50 mmol) was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at ca.−30° C. for 15 min, flask was put into an acetone/dry-ice bath and ethylcyclobutanecarboxylate (2.16 mL, 15.64 mmol) in 6 mL THF was addedslowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 20 min). Flask was put into anacetonitrile/dry-ice bath. After stirring for 15 min, flask was put backinto an acetone/dry-ice bath and a solution of (2-bromoethyl)benzene(3.2 mL, 23.43 mmol) in 8 mL THF was added slowly by a syringe pump(over ca. 30 min). The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to roomtemperature (over ca. 4 h). After stirring at room temperatureovernight, the mixture was quenched with 2 M NH₄Cl and extracted withadditional 2 M NH₄Cl and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containingproduct were concentrated and residue was re-purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA). Fractions congaing product were partly concentratedand residue was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated to give ethyl1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylate (1.75 g, 48%) as a colorless liquid.LCMS m/z=233.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H),1.87-1.98 (m, 4H), 2.06-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.52 (m, 4H), 4.15 (q, J=7.2Hz, 2H), 7.16-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.29 (m, 2H).

Step B: Preparation of 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylic acid

A mixture of ethyl 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylate (1.74 g, 7.490mmol) and lithium hydroxide hydrate (1.03 g. 24.55 mmol) in 75 mLTHF/MeOH/H₂O (3:1:1) was stirred at 60° C. (oil bath). After stirringovernight, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue was extractedwith 2 M HCl and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated to give 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylic acid (1.51 g,99%) as a white solid. LCMS m/7=203.4 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 1.75-1.99 (m, 6H), 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.46 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H),7.25-7.29 (m, 2H), 12.17 (s, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one

To a solution of 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylic acid (1.378 g, 6.746mmol) in 70 mL CH₂Cl₂, oxalyl chloride (1.2 mL, 13.76 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature overnight, solution was concentratedand dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 70 mL DCE andaluminum trichloride (1.75 g, 13.12 mmol) was added. The mixture wasstirred at 40° C. (oil bath). After 0.5 h, black mixture was poured ontoice and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one (940 mg,75%) as a dark yellow liquid. LCMS m/z=187.1[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 1.87-2.07 (m, 4H), 2.22 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.45-2.52 (m, 2H),2.95 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.45(m, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J1=7.8 Hz, J2=1.1 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2′-naphthalene]

To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (3.87 g, 10.83mmol) in 20 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF (11mL, 11.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110° C. (oil bath) for 40min, a solution of3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2′-naphthalen]-1′-one (988 mg,5.305 mmol) in 4 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C. for 20 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted withwater and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexanes) to give1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2′-naphthalene] (730mg, 75%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.84-1.99 (m,6H), 2.10-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.88 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 5.14 (s, 1H), 5.48 (s,1H), 7.06-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 1H),

Step E: Preparation of Compound 26 of FIG. 3, where R¹=H

To an ice-cooled solution of1′-methylene-3′,4′-dihydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2′-naphthalene] (724mg, 3.929 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (1.715 mL, 23.63 mmol) in 25 mLDCE, 1 M diethylzine in hexanes (20 mL, 20.00 mmol) was added over ca.10 min. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature.After stirring overnight, suspension was quenched by the addition of 1 MNH₄Cl and extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases weredried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby biotage column chromatography (SiO₂, hexane) to give the titlecompound for this step (650 mg, 83.4%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.83-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.97-1.01 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.77 (m,5H), 1.85-2.00 (m, 3H), 2.94 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H).7.00-7.09 (m, 3H).

Step F: Preparation of Compound 27 or FIG. 3, where R¹=H

To a solution of the product of Step E (647 mg, 3.263 mmol) in 25 mLDCE, sodium bicarbonate (140 mg, 1.667 mmol), Rh₂(cap)₄ (52.5 mg, 80.22μmol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (4 mL, 22.00mmol) were added. After stirring at 40° C. (oil bath) overnight, moreRh₂(cap)₄ (48 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (4mL) were added. After stirring for another 6 h, the mixture wasextracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (430 mg, 62%) as a colorless liquid. LCMS m/z=213.1[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.01-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.16-1.18 (m, 2H),1.64-1.85 (m, 5H), 1.91-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.92 (s, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=7.9 Hz,1H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J₁=7.8 Hz, J₂=1.4Hz, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 28 of FIG. 3, where R¹=H

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (393 mg, 9.83 mmol) in20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.5 g, 8.468mmol) in 30 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring atroom temperature for 5 min, a solution of the product of Step F (429 mg,2.021 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added. After stirring at 60° C. (oil bath)overnight, the mixture was concentrated and residue was extracted withCH₂Cl₂ and water+brine. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compoundfor this step (393 mg, 83%) as a colorless oil (E:Z=66:34). LCMSm/z=236.3 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.91-0.06 (m, 2H), 1.10-1.14(m, 2H), 1.61-2.08 (m, 6H), 2.74 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 0.64H), 3.06 (d, J=1.2Hz, 1.32H), 5.31-5.32 (m, 0.34H), 5.81-5.82 (m, 0.66H), 6.78-6.85 (m,1H), 7.12-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.2Hz, 0.64H). 8.26 (dd, J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 0.34H).

Step H: Preparation of Compound 29 of FIG. 3, where R¹=H

To a mixture of the product of Step G (390 mg, 1.657 mmol) andcobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.2 g, 5.043 mmol) in 30 mL MeOH,sodium tetrahydroborate (2 g. 52.86 mmol) was added in small portionsover 3.5 h. After stirring overnight, the mixture was extracted withwater and CH₂Cl₂. Phases were filtered through celite and washed withCH₂Cl₂. Phases were separated and aqueous phase was extracted three moretimes with CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient first and thenCH₂Cl₂/MeOH/7M NH₃ in MeOH 80:18:2) to give the title compound for thisstep (262 mg, 66%). LCMS m/z=242.0 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.51-0.56 (m, 1H), 0.71-0.76 (m, 1H), 1.11-1.46 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.93 (m,7H), 2.05-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.86 (m, 2H), 3.12-3.20(m, 1H), 6.77-6.82 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.28 (m, 1H).

Step 1: Preparation of Compound 30 of FIG. 3, where R¹=H and R¹⁰ is3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step H (258 mg, 1.069 mmol)and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.280 mL, 1.608 mmol) in 10 mLCH₂Cl₂, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (333mg, 1.283 mmol) dissolved in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂ was added slowly by a syringepump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0° C. for 15 min, the mixturewas extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the titlecompound for this step (436 mg, 88%). LCMS m/z=462.5 [M−1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.50-0.55 (m, 1H), 0.71-0.76 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.27 (m, 2H),1.38-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.52-1.94 (m, 7H), 2.06-2.18 (m, 2H), 3.01-3.20 (m,3H), 4.02-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 6.78-6.82 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.16 (m,3H), 7.22-725 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).

Step J: Preparation of Compound 31 of FIG. 3, where R¹=H and R¹⁰ is3,4-dichlorobenzyl

To a solution of the product of Step I (430 mg, 0.926 mmol) in 10 mLDCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (194 mg, 2.154 mmol), acetic anhydride (89 μl, 0.942mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (383 μl, 5.906 mmol) were added. Afterstirring at room temperature for 5 min, the mixture was extracted with 1M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step(177 mg, 40%) as a while solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.70-0.76 (m,1H), 0.78-0.83 (m, 1H), 1.11-1.28 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.47 (m, 11H), 1.63-1.93(m, 7H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.99 (m, 3H), 4.16(d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (dd, J₁=15.3 Hz, J₂=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (dd,J₁=8.0 Hz, J₂=1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J₁=8.2 Hz, J₂=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.02(dd, J₁=7.3 Hz, J₂=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H).

Step K: Preparation of2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclobutane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 108)

To a solution of the product of Step J (171 mg, 0.359 mmol) in 2 mLtoluene, 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene(2 mL, 6.15 mmol) was added. After stirring at 80° C. (oil bath) for 7h, the mixture was diluted with additional toluene, cooled in anice-bath, and quenched by the slow addition of 2 M NH₄Cl. The mixturewas extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were concentratedand residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to givethe title compound for this Example 1.21 (80.3 mg, 61%). LCMS m/z=254.4[M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.604).65 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.84 (m, 1H),1.18-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.78 (m, 5H), 1.87-2.09 (m,3H), 2.40-2.45 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.58 (m, 3H), 4.24 (dd, J₁=14.0 Hz, J₂=1.2Hz, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.97 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H).

Example 1.22: Preparation of8-methoxy-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound126) Step A: Preparation of2-(5-methoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of sodium hydride (0.908 g, 22.70 mmol) in anhydrous THF(15 mL) under N₂ was added diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (4.021 g,22.70 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 23° C. for 2 h. asolution of 5-methoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (2.0 g, 11.35mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at 23° C. for 2h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc andwashed with H₂O. The organic extract was purified by columnchromatography (0-80% EtOAc/Hex) to give the title compound. LCMSm/z=200.2 [M+1]⁺.

Step B: Preparation of2-(5-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine

To a suspension of Raney-Nickel 2800 (1.2 g, 20.45 mmol) washed 3 timewith methanol were added MeOH (15 mL),(E)-2-(5-methoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (0.5g, 2.509 mmol), and 7M ammonia in methanol (7.170 mL, 50.19 mmol). Thereaction was shaken under 80 psi of H₂ at 23° C. for 72 h. The mixturewas filtered over celite and washed with MeOH. The filtrate wasconcentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC to give the titlecompound (248 mg). LCMS m/z=206.2 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ1.64-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.73 (m,2H), 2.84-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.94-3.07 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.77(d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of8-methoxy-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine

To a solution of2-(5-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)ethanamine.trifluoroaceticacid (47 mg, 0.147 mmol) and Formaldehyde (5.303 mg, 0.177 mmol) in MeOH(3 mL) was added TFA (13.53 μL, 0.177 mmol). The reaction was stirred at80° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purifiedby HPLC to give the title compound (3.4 mg). LCMS m/z=218.4 [M+1]⁺; ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.67-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.80-2.07 (m, 3H), 2.52-2.63(m, 1H), 2.64-2.74 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.27 (n, 1H), 3.35-3.46 (m, 2H), 4.18(d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17(t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H).

Example 123: Preparation of1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (Compound 139) Step A: Preparation of2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.545 g, 13.62 mmol)in THF (20 mL), a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (2.203mL, 13.62 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added slowly. After stirring at roomtemperature for 5 min, a solution of 1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-one (1 g,5.675 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added. After stirring at room temperatureovernight, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phasewas dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give 2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-ylidene)acetonitrile (871.5 mg, 77%)(E:Z=57:43). LCMS m/z=200.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.56 (d,J=3.28 Hz, 6H), 4.41 (d, J=1.16 Hz, 1.12H), 4.80 (d, J=1.64 Hz, 0.88H),5.29 (m, 0.57H), 5.77 (m, 0.43H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.30 (m,0.43H), 7.32-7.36 (m, 0.57H), 7.40-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1.06 Hz,0.43H), 8.37 (m, 0.57H).

Step B: Preparation of 2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-yl)ethanamine

To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed threetimes with MeOH), a solution of2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-ylidene)acetonitrile (871 mg, 4.371 mmol) inMeOH (ca. 95 mL) and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (2 mL, 14.00 mmol) were added.The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60 psi hydrogenpressure for 5 days. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite,washed with additional MeOH, concentrated, and dried under high vacuum.The residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-yl)ethanamine (448.6 mg, 50%). LCMSm/z=205.6 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.52 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 6H),2.15-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.71 (br s, 1H), 2.89-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.97 (br s, 1H),3.06 (br s, 2H), 3.86 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (dd, J=3.5, 12.5 Hz, 1H),7.06-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.25 (m, 2H).

Step C: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To an ice-cooled solution of 2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (448 mg, 1.403 mmol) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.733 mL, 4.209 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (14mL), a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (0.546g, 2.104 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (6 mL) was added slowly by a syringepump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0° C. for 0.5 h, the mixturewas extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(460.28 mg, 77%). LCMS m/z=428.0 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.48(d, J=3.92 Hz, 6H), 1.91-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.99 (m,1H), 3.03-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.81 (dd, J=12.04, 1.28 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd,J=12.0, 3.36 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 4.95-4.98 (m, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J=7.38,1.62 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=8.24 Hz,1H), 7.46 (d, J=2.04 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of6-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman-4-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(230 mg, 0.537 mmol) in DCE (6 mL), 1,3,5-trioxane (0.120 g, 1.334mmol), acetic anhydride (51.06 μl, 0.540 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid(0.220 mL, 3.395 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperaturefor 10 min. LCMS showed small amount of product formed with major amountof starting material left. The reaction was continued to stir under roomtemperature for 2.5 hours. According to LCMS, reaction was notcompleted. The mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organicphases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEtgradient) to give6-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine(118.5 mg, 50%). LCMS m/z=440.5 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.50(d, J=5.48 Hz, 6H), 1.62-1.80 (m, 2H), 3.00-3.06 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.42 (m,1H), 3.70 (dd, J=12.00, 4.08 Hz, 1H), 3.74-3.79 (m, 1H), 4.03-4.08 (m,2H), 4.23 (d, J=13.85 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=15.16 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.50 (m,1H), 7.02 (dd, J=8.66, 4.44 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, J=8.28Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=2.00 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (Compound 139 as the TFA salt)

To a solution of6-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine(118 mg, 0.268 mmol) in toluene (3 mL), 60%bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.569 mL,4.823 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. After 3 hours,more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene(1.5 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80° C. After another 3hours, the mixture was diluted with toluene (ca. 10 mL), cooled in anice-water bath, and quenched by the dropwise addition of 1 M NH₄Cl.After stirring for 0.5 h, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.322 g, 1.474mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to mom temperature.After 1 hour, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2,hexane/AcOEt gradient to give tert-butyl1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine-6(7H)-carboxylate.Tert-butyl1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine-6(7H)-carboxylatewas dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (3 mL), cooled in an ice-watcr bath, and TFA(0.616 mL, 8.038 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0° C. for 1.5 hour,the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA) to give1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (22.3 mg, 25%). LCMS m/z=218.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.52 (d, J=8.00 Hz, 6H), 1.93-2.07 (m, 2H), 3.11-3.16(m, 1H), 3.43-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.76 (dd, J=12.14, 3.70 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (dd,J=12.12, 4.72 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=14.2 Hz, 1H),7.23-7.32 (m, 3H).

Example 1.24: Preparation of8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′.5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (Compound 119) Step A: Preparation of8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.82 g, 20.5 mmol) inTHF (28 mL), a solution of 8-fluoro-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one(1.53 g, 9.3 mmol) in THF (14 mL) was added (over ca. 5 min). Afterstirring at room temperature for 20 min, iodomethane (1.16 mL, 18.6mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 50 min, themixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.3003 g, 73%).LCMS m/z=192.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.96 (t,J=12.8 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.93-7.01 (m, 2H), 7.39 (td,J=15.9.5.12 Hz, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-1-methylene-1,2,34-tetrahydronaphthalene

To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.107 g, 11.50mmol) in Toluene (25 mL), 1M potassium 2-methylpropan-2-olate in THF(20.29 mL, 20.29 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110° C. for 40 min,a solution of 8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.3g, 6.763 mmol) in Toluene (5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at110° C. for 20 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extractedwith water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO2, hexanes) to give8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (429 mg,33%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.15 (s, 6H), 1.67 (t, J=13.48 Hz, 2H),2.87 (t, J=6.74 Hz, 2H), 5.38-5.39 (m, 1H), 5.70 (d, J=1.64 Hz, 1H),6.86-6.91 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.10 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene]

To an ice-cooled solution of8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (429 mg,2.255 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (0.982 mL, 13.53 mmol) inDichloroethane (15 mL), 1 M diethylzine in hexanes (11.27 mL, 11.27mmol) was added over ca. 10 min. The mixture was allowed to warm to roomtemperature. The reaction was stirred under room temperature overnight,suspension was quenched by the addition of 2 M NH₄Cl and extracted withwater and CH₂Cl₂. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SIO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene](382.93 mg, 83%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.827 (s, 6H), 0.85-0.88 (m,2H), 1.32 (q, J=10.96, 1.68 Hz, 2H), 1.65 (t, J=13.52 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (t,J=6.78 Hz, 2H), 6.70-6.75 (m, 1H), 6.85-6.87 (m, 1H), 6.94-6.99 (m, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)one

To a solution of8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalene](447 mg, 2.188 mmol) in DCE (17 mL), sodium bicarbonate (0.121 g, 1.435mmol). Rh2(cap)4 (14.32 mg, 21.88 μmol), and 5.5 M2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (2.514 mL, 13.82 mmol) wereadded. After stirring at 40° C. for 3 hours, more Rh2(cap)4 (14.32 mg)and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy-2-methylpropane in decane (1.3 mL, 7.15 mmol)were added. After stirring at 40′C overnight, the mixture was extractedwith water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered,and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage columnchromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one(440.19 mg, 92%). LCMS m/z=219.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ2.05-2.12 (s. 6H), 3.79 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H).

Step E: Preparation of2-(8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile

To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.194 g, 4.838 mmol)in 20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (0.783 mL,4.838 mmol) in 30 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at roomtemperature for 10 min, a solution of8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-one(440 mg, 2.016 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added. After stirring at roomtemperature overnight, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water.Organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2-(8′-fluoro-2′,2-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(445.2 mg, 75%), (E:Z=60:40). LCMS m/z=242.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 0.85 (s, 3H), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.93-1.00 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.50 (m,2H), 2.44 (d, J=Hz, 0.82H), 2.75 (d, J=Hz, 1.18H), 5.25-5.27 (m, 0.4H),5.76-5.77 (m, 0.6H), 6.96-7.04 (m, 1H), 7.11 (m, 0.6H), 7.18 (m, 0.4H),7.33 (dd, J=7.9, 1.1 Hz, 0.6H), 8.01 (dd, J=7.9, 0.8 Hz, 0.4H).

Step F: Preparation of2-(8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of2-(8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′(3′H)-ylidene)acetonitrile(445 mg, 1.501 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.179 g, 4.954mmol) in MeOH (27 mL), sodium tetrahydroborate (1.840 g, 48.64 mmol) wasadded in small portions over 2 hours. After stirring at room temperatureovernight, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.754 g, 3.453 mmol) was added.After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, the mixture was filteredthrough celite. Filtrate was extracted with CH₂Cl₂/water. Organic phaseswere dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient)to give tert-butyl(2-(8′-fluoro-2′-methyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamate.tert-butyl(2-(8′-fluoro-2′-methyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)carbamatewas dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ with TFA (3.449 ml, 45.03 mmol) added under 0°C. and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated and purified byHPLC (CH₃CN/H₂O gradient+0.1% TFA) to give2-(8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (471.76 mg, 87%). LCMS m/z=248.4 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.89 (s, 3H), 0.91-1.05 (m, 3H),1.33-1.37 (m, 1H), 1.42 (dd, J=13.06, 11.06 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (dd, J=13.08,6.56 Hz, 1H), 1.89-1.99 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.91-3.05 (m, 2H),3.09-3.17 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.84 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.15 (m, 2H),

Step G: Preparation of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide

To an ice-cooled solution of2-(8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethanamine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (468 mg, 1.295 mmol) andN-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.677 mL, 3.885 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (12mL), a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (0.504g, 1.943 mmol) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (6 mL) was added slowly by a syringepump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0° C. for 1 hour, the mixturewas extracted with water and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried overMgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotagecolumn chromatography (SiO₂, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(8′-fluor-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(228.68 mg, 38%). LCMS m/z=470.8 [M+1]. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.74(s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.82-0.95 (m, 2H), 1.06-1.11 (m, 1H). 1.31-1.37(m, 2H), 1.69 (dd, 1H), 1.73-1.82 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.15(m. 3H), 4.10 (t, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 6.79 (dd, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H),7.04-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]

To a solution of1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(8′-fluoro-2′,2′-dimethyl-3′,4′-dihydro-2′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1′-naphthalen]-4′-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide(228 mg, 0.485 mmol) in Dichloroethane (0.5 mL), 1,3,5-trioxane (0.118g, 1.309 mmol), acetic anhydride (46.09 μl, 0.488 mmol), andmethanesulfonic acid (0.195 mL, 3.005 mmol) were added. After stirringat room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 MNaHCO₃ and CH₂Cl₂. Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. Residue was purified by biotage column chromatography(SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphthol[1,8-cd]azepine](220.2 mg, 82%). LCMS m/z=482.0 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.70-0.77 (m, 1H), 0.722 (s, 3H), 0.863 (s, 3H), 0.95-1.00 (m, 1H),1.19-1.14 (m, 1H), 1.22-1.32 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.78 (m,3H), 3.16-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.96 (q,J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J=15.4, 1.76 Hz, 1H), 6.74(dd, 13.7, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J=8.2, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, 10.3,6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J=1.96 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropene-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate(Compound 119 as the TFA salt)

To a solution of2′-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine](110 mg, 0.199 mmol) in toluene (5 mL), 60%bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.163 mL,3.575 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. After 3 hours,more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene(2.44 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80° C. After another3 hours, the mixture was diluted with toluene (10 mL), cooled in anice-water bath, and quenched by the dropwise addition of 1 M NH₄Cl.After stirring for 0.5 h, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.238 g, 1.092mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature.After 1 hour, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH₂Cl₂.Organic phases were dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2,hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert-butyl8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl-4′,4a′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]-2′(3′H)-carboxylate.tert-butyl8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl-4′,4a′,5′,6′-tetrahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]-2′(3′H)-carboxylatewas dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (3 mL), cooled in an ice-water bath, and TFA(0.456 mL, 5.958 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0° C. for 1.5 hour,the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH₃CN/H₂Ogradient+0.1% TFA) to give8′-fluoro-6′,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (40.48 mg, 55%) LCMS m/z=260.3 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 0.77 (s 3H), 0.78-0.85 (m, 1H), 0.92 (S. 3H),0.99-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.92 (dd,J=13.3, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 1.98-2.01 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.53 (m, 3H), 4.30 (q,J=16.6 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (dd, J=13.9, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J=8.3, 5.0 Hz,1H).

Example 2—Generation of Stable Cell Lines

Plasmid DNA coding for a receptor of interest is produced using standardmolecular biology tools. The plasmid typically contains a multi-cloningsite where the coding sequence for the receptor of interest is inserted,a promoter to drive expression of the receptor when introduced into ahost cell, and a resistance gene sequence that causes the host cell toproduce a protein that confers antibiotic resistance. A commonly usedpromoter is the cytomegalovirus promoter (CMV), and a commonly usedresistance gene is the neo gene that confers resistance to neomycin. Theplasmid DNA is introduced into parental cells (commonly used cell linesinclude CHO-K1 and HEK293) using methods such as lipofection orelectroporation. Cells are then allowed to recover in culture for 1-2days. At this point, a selection agent (e.g., neomycin if the expressionplasmid contained the neo gene) is added to the cell culture media at aconcentration sufficient to kill any cells that did not uptake theplasmid DNA and therefore have not become neomycin resistant.

Since transient transfection is an efficient method to introduce plasmidDNA into cells, many cells in the culture will initially displayneomycin resistance. Over the course of a few cell divisions, expressionof proteins encoded by the plasmid is typically lost and most cells willeventually be killed by the antibiotic. However, in a small number ofcells, the plasmid DNA may become randomly integrated into thechromosomal DNA. If the plasmid DNA becomes integrated in a way thatallows continued expression of the neo gene, these cells becomepermanently resistant to neomycin. Typically, after culturing thetransfected cells for two weeks, most of the remaining cells are thosethat have integrated the plasmid in this manner.

The resulting stable pool of cells is highly heterogeneous, and mayexpress vastly different levels of receptor (or no receptor at all).While these types of cell populations may provide functional responseswhen stimulated with appropriate agonists to the receptor of interest,they are typically not suitable for careful pharmacological studies inview of receptor reserve effects caused by high expression levels.

Clonal cell lines are therefore derived from this cell population. Thecells are plated in multi-well plates at a density of one cell per well.After cell plating, the plates are inspected and wells containing morethan one cell are rejected. The cells are then cultured for a period oftime and those that continue to divide in the presence of neomycin areeventually expanded into larger culture vessels until there aresufficient cells for evaluation.

Evaluation of Cells

Numerous methods can be used to evaluate the cells. Characterization infunctional assays may reveal that some cells exaggerate the potenciesand efficacies of agonists, likely indicating the presence of a receptorreserve. The preparation of cell membranes for evaluation in radioligandbinding assays allows for quantitative determination of membranereceptor densities. Evaluation of cell surface receptor density may alsobe performed by flow cytometry using antibodies to the receptor or anepitope tag that can be engineered into the receptor, typically at theN-terminus for GPCRs. The flow cytometry method allows one to determineif the clonal cell population expresses the receptor in a homogenousmanner (which would be expected) and quantitate relative expressionlevels between each clonal cell population. However, it does not provideabsolute receptor expression levels.

If the cell line is intended to be free of receptor reserve effects,receptor expression should be low (relative to other clones evaluated)and homogeneous (if flow cytometry evaluation is possible). Infunctional assays, a suitable clone will produce agonist potencies thatare lower than other clones (i.e., higher EC₅₀ values). If partialagonists are available, the absence of receptor reserve will bereflected in low efficacies relative to full agonists, whereas cellswith higher receptor expression levels will exaggerate partial agonistefficacies. In cells expressing high receptor levels, partial agonistsmay no longer display efficacies lower than full agonists.

If agents that irreversibly bind to or covalently interact with thereceptor of interest are available, treatment of cell lines that containno receptor reserve should reduce the available receptor densitymeasured by radioligand binding and may reduce the magnitude offunctional responses to agonists. However, the reduction of receptordensity should occur without producing reductions in agonist potenciesor partial agonist efficacies.

Example 3: Membrane Preparations for Radioligand Binding Assays

For the compounds of Table A, the following procedure was used. HEK293cells stably expressing recombinant 5-HT₂ receptors were harvested,suspended in ice-cold phosphate buffered saline, pH 7.4 (PBS), and thencentrifuged at 48,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The resulting cell pelletwas then re-suspended in wash buffer containing 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4 and0.1 mM EDTA, homogenized on ice using a Brinkman Polytron, andcentrifuged (48,000 g for 20 min at 4° C.). The pellet was thenresuspended in 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, homogenized on ice, and centrifuged(48,000 g for 20 min at 4° C.). Crude membrane pellets were stored at−80° C. until used for radioligand binding assays.

Example 4: Radioligand Binding Assay

For the compounds of Table A, the following procedure was used.Radioligand binding assays were performed using the commerciallyavailable 5-HT₂ receptor agonist [¹²⁵]DOI as the radioligand andnonspecific binding was determined in the presence of unlabeled DOT at asaturating concentration of 10 μM. Competition experiments utilized5-HT₂ receptor expressing HEK293 cell membranes obtained as described inExample 3 (15-25 μg membrane protein/well) and radioligand at finalassay concentrations of 0.4 to 0.6 nM. Experiments comprised addition of95 μL of assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂), 50 μL ofmembranes, 50 μL of radioligand stock, and 5 μL of test compound dilutedin assay buffer to 96-well microtiter plates, which were then incubatedfor 1 h at room temperature. Assay incubations were terminated by rapidfiltration through PerkinElmer F/C filtration plates under reducedpressure using a 96-well Packard filtration apparatus, followed bywashing three times with ice cold assay buffer. Plates were then driedat 45° C. for a minimum of 2 h. Finally, 25 μL of BetaScint™scintillation cocktail was added to each well and the plates werecounted in a Packard TopCount® scintillation counter. In eachcompetition study, test compounds were dosed at ten concentrations withtriplicate determinations at each test concentration.

The observed DOI Binding Ki values for several compounds of Table A at5-HT_(2C), 5-HT_(2B), and 5-HT_(2A) receptors are listed in Table B.

Tabic B DOI Binding Ki (nM) Compound Number 2C 2A 2B 102 10.3 236 2552^(nd) eluting enantiomer 3.85 104 130 in example 1.2 106 105 244 1252^(nd) eluting enantiomer 29.6 427 647 in example 1.14 121 27.6 423 634130 1.96 34.4 75.7 2^(nd) eluting enantiomer 0.708 20.9 53.3 in example1.1 135 69.6 458 395

The compounds of Table A that were tested had DOI Binding Ki valuesranging from about 0.71 nM to about 105 nM in this assay.

Example 5: IP Accumulation Assays

HEK293 cells expressing recombinant 5-HT₂ receptors were added tosterile poly-D-lysine-coated 96-well microtiter plates (35,000cells/well) and labeled with 0.6 μCi/well of [³H]inositol inmyoinositol-free DMEM for 18 h. Unincorporated [³H]inositol was removedby aspiration and replaced with fresh myoinositol-free DMEM supplementedwith LiCl (10 mM final) and pargyline (10 μM final). Serially dilutedtest compounds were then added and incubation was conducted for 2 h at37° C. Incubations were then terminated by lysing cells with theaddition of ice-cold 0.1 M formic acid followed by freezing at −80° C.After thawing, total [³H]inositol phosphates were resolved from[³H]inositol using AG1-X8 ion exchange resin (Bio-Rad) and [³H]inositolphosphates were measured by scintillation counting using a Perkin ElmerTopCount® scintillation counter. All EC₅₀ determinations were performedusing 10 different concentrations and triplicate determinations weremade at each test concentration. The observed IP Accumulation EC₅₀values for several compounds of Table A at 5-HT₂ receptors are listed inTable C.

TABLE C IP Accumulation EC₅₀ (nM) Compound Number 2C 2A 2B 1012040 >100000 >100000 1st eluting enantiomer >100000 >100000 >100000 inexample 1.8 119 391 >100000 >100000 121 222 >100000 >100000 1^(st)eluting enantiomer 4860 >100000 >100000 in example 1.9 128 108 >100000284 130 5.21 465 967 131 83.5 >100000 >100000 2^(nd) eluting enantiomer7.6 12400 1600 in example 1.1

The compounds of Table A that were tested had IP Accumulation EC₅₀values at the 5-HT_(2C) receptor ranging from about 5.2 nM to about 44μM (with the exception of the 1st eluting enantiomer in example 1.8 inTable C) in this assay.

Example 6: Effect of Compounds on Food Intake in the Male Sprague DawleyRat

Male Sprague Dawley rats (225-300 g) were housed three per cage in atemperature and humidity controlled environment (12 h:12 h light:darkcycle, lights on at 0600 h). At 1600 h on the day before the test, ratswere placed in fresh cages and food was removed. On test day, rats wereplaced into individual cages with grid floors at 1000 h with no accessto food. At 1130 h, rats (n=8) were administered either vehicle (20%hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin) or test compound via oral gavage (PO, 1mL/kg, with an amount of 2 mg/Kg or 10 mg/Kg of test compound) 30 minprior to food presentation. Food intake was measured at 60 min afterdrug administration (30 min after food presentation).

As shown in FIG. 1 , cumulative food intake significantly decreasedrelative to placebo 1 hour following administration of the 2^(nd)eluting enantiomer in example 1.1 at 2 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg.

Other uses of the disclosed methods will become apparent to those in theart based upon, inter alia, a review of this patent document.

1.-50. (canceled)
 51. A method selected from the group consisting ofdecreasing food intake in an individual in need thereof, inducingsatiety in an individual in need thereof, treating obesity in anindividual in need thereof, and weight management in an individual inneed thereof, the method comprising administering to the individual atherapeutically acceptable amount of a compound selected from thefollowing compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, andhydrates thereof: Com- pound No. Chemical Structure Chemical Name 102

6,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 103

(S)-6,6′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 104

(R)-6′,6′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 105

8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′- pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 110

(S)-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 113

(R)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro- 1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 114

(S)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro- 1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 122

(R)-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 123

(S)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 128

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 130

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 133

(R)-8′-fluoro- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine]134

(S)-8′-fluoro- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine]135

7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 136

(R)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro- 1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine].


52. The method of claim 51, wherein said individual is an obese patientwith an initial body mass index ≥30 kg/m².
 53. The method of claim 51,wherein said individual is an overweight patient with an initial bodymass index ≥27 kg/m² in the presence of at least one weight relatedco-morbid condition.
 54. The method of claim 53, wherein said weightrelated co-morbid condition is selected from: hypertension,dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucose intolerance and sleepapnea.
 55. The method of claim 51, wherein the method is for decreasingfood intake in the individual in need thereof.
 56. The method of claim51, wherein the method is for inducing satiety in the individual in needthereof.
 57. The method of claim 51, wherein the method is for thetreatment of obesity in the individual in need thereof.
 58. The methodof claim 51, wherein the method is for weight management in theindividual in need thereof.
 59. A method selected from the groupconsisting of treating type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof,treating drug and alcohol addiction in an individual in need thereof,and treating a seizure disorder in an individual in need thereof,wherein said seizure disorder is epilepsy or Dravet syndrome, the methodcomprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound selected from the following compounds andpharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Com-pound No. Chemical Structure Chemical Name 102

6,6′-dimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′- hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 103

(S)-6,6′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 104

(R)-6′,6′-dimethyl- 2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 105

8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′- pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 110

(S)-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 113

(R)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro- 1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 114

(S)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro- 1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 122

(R)-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 123

(S)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 128

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro-1′H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 130

2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H- dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] 133

(R)-8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′- pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine]134

(S)-8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′- pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′- cyclopropane-7′,1″- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine]135

7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine 136

(R)-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′,6′-hexahydro- 1′H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7′-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine].


60. The method of claim 59, wherein the method is for the treatment oftype 2 diabetes in the individual in need thereof.
 61. The method ofclaim 59, wherein the method is for the treatment of drug and alcoholaddiction in the individual in need thereof.
 62. The method of claim 59,wherein the method is for the treatment of a seizure disorder in theindividual in need thereof, wherein said seizure disorder is epilepsy orDravet syndrome.
 63. A method selected from the group consisting ofdecreasing food intake in an individual in need thereof, inducingsatiety in an individual in need thereof, treating obesity in anindividual in need thereof, and weight management in an individual inneed thereof, the method comprising administering to the individual atherapeutically acceptable amount of the following compound andpharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof:(R)-8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 133).
 64. The method of claim 63, wherein the individual is anobese patient with an initial body mass index ≥30 kg/m².
 65. The methodof claim 63, wherein the individual is an overweight patient with aninitial body mass index ≥27 kg/m² in the presence of at least one weightrelated co-morbid condition.
 66. The method of claim 65, wherein theweight related co-morbid condition is selected from: hypertension,dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucose intolerance and sleepapnea.
 67. The method of claim 63, wherein the method is for decreasingfood intake in the individual in need thereof.
 68. The method of claim63, wherein the method is for inducing satiety in the individual in needthereof.
 69. The method of claim 63, wherein the method is for thetreatment of obesity in the individual in need thereof.
 70. The methodof claim 63, wherein the method is for weight management in theindividual in need thereof.
 71. A method selected from the groupconsisting of treating type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof,treating drug and alcohol addiction in an individual in need thereof,and treating a seizure disorder in an individual in need thereof,wherein said seizure disorder is epilepsy or Dravet syndrome, the methodcomprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effectiveamount of the following compound and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates, and hydrates thereof:(R)-8′-fluoro-2′,3′,4′,4a′,5′-pentahydro-1′H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6′-cyclopropane-7′,1″-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine](Compound 133).
 72. The method of claim 71, wherein the method is forthe treatment of type 2 diabetes in the individual in need thereof. 73.The method of claim 71, wherein the method is for the treatment of drugand alcohol addiction in the individual in need thereof.
 74. The methodof claim 71, wherein the method is for the treatment of a seizuredisorder in the individual in need thereof, wherein said seizuredisorder is epilepsy or Dravet syndrome.